{"title":"Lincoln Excalibur Welding Rods","description":"\u003cp style=\"font-size:0.9em;margin-bottom:12px;\"\u003e← \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\" title=\"All Stick Electrodes \u0026amp; Welding Rods\"\u003eAll Stick Electrodes \u0026amp; Welding Rods\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur Welding Rods — E7018 H4R Low Hydrogen SMAW Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nLincoln Excalibur welding rods are the production-grade stick electrode line for fabricators, contractors, and maintenance crews who need consistent arc performance on code-governed joints. Every Excalibur electrode ships in a resealable moisture-resistant easy-open container that holds diffusible hydrogen below H4R without a rod oven on most projects. WeldingMart stocks the full catalog — add to cart and your subtotal updates instantly with no minimum per SKU.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 MR — Mild Steel Low Hydrogen E7018 H4R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Lincoln Excalibur 7018 MR is the most widely specified mild steel E7018 stick electrode for North American structural work. It meets AWS A5.1 E7018 H4R — delivering ≤4 mL\/100g deposited metal at the tightest classification in the standard. The resealable container limits moisture pickup between shifts so the electrode runs clean out of the can without porosity risk, and H4R-rated deposits are confirmed by independent specification. The stable puddle and smooth arc transfer are clearly readable on out-of-position joints — basically the result of sound coating integrity built into every lot. Extreme bendability and a clear puddle in the finished weld confirm lot-to-lot consistency. The consistent clear puddle and smooth arc character confirm improved coating integrity at every production run. Tensile strength MPa is 490 min; Charpy V-notch impact energy is 27 J at −30°C (20 ft lbs); hardness Rockwell B is 83–90. AWS A5.1 certification makes Excalibur 7018 MR the go-to type for structural steel, pressure piping, and chemical processing structures.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR Sizes and Package Types\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nLincoln Excalibur 7018 MR runs in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, and 5\/32 in diameters on AC or DC+. The 50 lb easy-open production container is the standard type for volume fabrication; a 10 lb easy-open 3-pack (8–10 lb) is stocked for shop trials. The 3\/32 size suits root passes and light-gauge joints; 1\/8 in is the most common structural choice; 5\/32 in handles high-amperage fill and cap passes. All carry E7018 H4R, ship from stock, and deliver extreme bendability per specification.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 × 14 in, 50 lb easy-open can\u003c\/strong\u003e — E7018 H4R; good for root pass work and starting lighter arc passes. Add to cart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 × 14 in, 50 lb easy-open can\u003c\/strong\u003e — E7018 H4R; most popular 50 lb easy-open order for general structural fabrication. Subtotal shown at cart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 × 14 in, 50 lb easy-open can\u003c\/strong\u003e — E7018 H4R; high-deposition cap passes. Subtotal shown at cart checkout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 and 1\/8, 10 lb easy-open 3-pack\u003c\/strong\u003e — good starting quantity before committing to a 50 lb easy-open order. Thanks to the resealable container, partial cans stay dry between shifts with no change to rod condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecialty and Stainless Excalibur Grades\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nBeyond E7018 H4R carbon steel, the line covers HSLA classes (E8018-C1, E9018M, E10018-D2, E11018M), chrome-moly grades (E8018-B2, E9018-B3), and AWS A5.4 stainless — 308L, 309L, 316L, 2209, and 630-16 for aerospace and oil and gas equipment. Reduced moisture pickup and fewer coating chip defects drive competition reduction versus commodity electrodes — indicating sound coating with confirmed low-moisture pickup. Mn balance in each weld metal type is controlled lot-to-lot; every product meets or exceeds its applicable AWS filler-metal spec.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Choose Excalibur Welding Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nLincoln Excalibur electrodes are the right call when the welding procedure specification (WPS) demands a certified low-hydrogen deposit and the job environment makes a rod oven impractical. The following situations are where Excalibur 7018 MR consistently outperforms commodity E7018 alternatives:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructural steel fabrication under AWS D1.1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preheat requirements and CVN minimums on A572 Gr. 50 or A36 base metals are satisfied by the E7018 H4R classification. The easy-open hermetic container eliminates moisture re-absorption between shifts — a significant advantage on outdoor erection sites where a rod oven may be unavailable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure piping and vessel repair:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASME Sec. IX qualification for low-hydrogen SMAW typically requires ≤8 mL H₂\/100g deposit. Excalibur 7018 MR's H4R rating (≤4 mL\/100g) gives a comfortable margin. The consistent controlled puddle and smooth arc transfer in vertical-up and overhead positions simplifies welder qualification testing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField maintenance and shutdown work:\u003c\/strong\u003e When an outage window limits the time available to condition rods, Excalibur's 9-hour out-of-oven exposure allowance per AWS D1.1 Annex I saves scheduling headaches. Crews can pull from a resealable easy-open can throughout a shift without a separate rebake cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-pass welds on thick sections:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5\/32 in diameter at high amperage makes fill and cap passes on sections over 1 in thick efficient without sacrificing the tight diffusible hydrogen control required to prevent underbead cracking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-alloy and HSLA base metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e E8018-C1, E9018M, and the chrome-moly grades in the Excalibur line extend the low-hydrogen benefit to quench-and-tempered and Cr-Mo steels where hydrogen-induced cracking risk is highest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcalibur vs Other Lincoln Stick Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nUnderstanding where Excalibur fits in Lincoln's broader SMAW catalog helps you select the right electrode without over- or under-specifying:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR vs Jetweld LH-70 (E7018):\u003c\/strong\u003e Both are E7018 H4R, but Excalibur ships in the moisture-resistant easy-open container that maintains H4R compliance without a rod oven. Jetweld is a solid performer but requires standard hermetic tin packaging and more aggressive out-of-oven time management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR vs Excalibur 8018-C1:\u003c\/strong\u003e If base metal is quench-and-tempered low-alloy steel (A514, HY-80), step up to E8018-C1 for the higher 80 ksi tensile class. The MR container benefit applies across the full Excalibur family.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR vs E6013 (general-purpose):\u003c\/strong\u003e E6013 is a rutile-coated electrode with no low-hydrogen requirement — suitable for light fabrication and sheet metal. For code-governed structural, pressure, or HSLA work, the E7018 H4R classification of Excalibur is mandatory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExcalibur 308L\/309L vs E308L-16 commodity rods:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Excalibur stainless grades carry the same AWS A5.4 certifications at tighter lot chemistry control. Competition reduction compared to unbranded stainless electrodes is measurable in fewer rejected weld metal test coupons per lot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Re-baking — Excalibur E7018 H4R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nThe Excalibur MR container is engineered to maintain H4R compliance for 9 hours after opening in ambient conditions up to 80% relative humidity, per AWS D1.1 Annex I. To preserve that compliance:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep the can sealed until ready to weld; do not open multiple cans simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf rods have been exposed beyond 9 hours or show any sign of surface moisture, re-bake at 500–800°F (260–427°C) for 1–2 hours per Lincoln Electric's published recalcination procedure before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNever stack re-baked rods deeper than 3 in in the oven to allow even heat penetration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAfter re-baking, store in a holding oven at 250–300°F (120–150°C). Log the date and batch number — confirmatory test records support your weld quality documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eElectrodes showing visible rust on the flux coating or bare wire must be discarded; no re-bake restores moisture-damaged flux to H4R compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSafety and PPE Requirements — Excalibur SMAW\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCalifornia Prop 65:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cancer and reproductive harm warning applies. Consult the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) before use. For Excalibur SMAW operations, the following PPE is required:\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eANSI-compliant welding helmet, minimum shade 10 lens for E7018 at standard structural amperage ranges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLeather welding gloves and flame-resistant (FR) jacket or sleeves — spatter risk from high-amperage 5\/32 in passes is significant.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLocal exhaust ventilation (LEV) or approved respiratory protection when welding in confined spaces or on coated\/galvanized base metals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReview the Lincoln Electric Excalibur SDS for Mn and Cr exposure limits applicable to stainless and HSLA grades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Buy Excalibur Rods From WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130+ SKUs in stock:\u003c\/strong\u003e Good selection across carbon steel, stainless, and HSLA. No substitutions. Fast order fulfillment; subtotal shown at cart checkout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMR resealable packaging:\u003c\/strong\u003e The resealable easy-open container limits moisture and maintains rod quality, extending out-of-oven exposure to 9+ hours per AWS D1.1 Annex I. Fewer rod-oven shifts, less waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuthorized Lincoln Electric affiliates:\u003c\/strong\u003e Genuine product with current pricing updates and rights to run these rods on Lincoln-specified WPS jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEmail support:\u003c\/strong\u003e Questions about E7018 H4R, arc behavior, or electrode selection — email our team. We use the same equipment and run the same electrodes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Collections\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\nShop compatible Lincoln stick welding equipment at \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/lincoln-stick-welders\"\u003eLincoln Stick Welders\u003c\/a\u003e. Browse all stick electrode grades at the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003eStick Welding Electrodes \u0026amp; Rods\u003c\/a\u003e hub.\n\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-8018-c3-mr-3-32-x-14-in-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 8018-C3 MR 3\/32 x 14 in SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-8018-c3-mr-3-32-x-14-in-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 8018-C3 MR\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.5\/A5.5M E8018-C3 SMAW stick electrode family with 80 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ or AC, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 12 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 8018-C3 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE8018-C3 is an AWS A5.5 low-alloy low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with 80 ksi minimum tensile and a 1.0% nickel addition for moderate low-temperature toughness. Common applications include weathering steels (ASTM A588), bridge fabrication, and structural service to -40 F. Runs DC+ or AC in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E8018-C3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ or AC, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 8018-C3 MR from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638116974743,"sku":"ED032600","price":197.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638054748311,"sku":"ED030893","price":313.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)","offer_id":43638117597335,"sku":"ED034040","price":366.79,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED034041)","offer_id":43638118350999,"sku":"ED034041","price":308.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED030894)","offer_id":43638056190103,"sku":"ED030894","price":313.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638056419479,"sku":"ED030895","price":338.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)","offer_id":43638118940823,"sku":"ED034042","price":372.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED034315)","offer_id":43638126411927,"sku":"ED034315","price":374.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED030897)","offer_id":43638058156183,"sku":"ED030897","price":277.65,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638115565719,"sku":"ED032599","price":219.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638054584471,"sku":"ED030892","price":352.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)","offer_id":43638117105815,"sku":"ED034039","price":401.81,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed032600-excalibur-8018-c3-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-18x14-in-3-10-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594448"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-7018-1-mr-3-32-x-14-in-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR 3\/32 x 14 in SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR 3\/32 in — What Is E7018-1?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR\u003c\/strong\u003e (3\/32 x 14 in) is an \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018-1 H4R\u003c\/strong\u003e iron powder\/low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with moisture-resistant coating for \u003cstrong\u003eDC+ (DCEP)\u003c\/strong\u003e in all positions. The \"-1\" suffix in E7018-1 is an AWS A5.1 designation specifying \u003cem\u003eenhanced notch toughness\u003c\/em\u003e — a minimum of 20 ft·lbf Charpy V-notch at −50°F, compared to −20°F for standard E7018. This colder impact rating makes Excalibur 7018-1 MR the required electrode for bridges under AWS D1.5, fracture-critical applications, cold climate structures in northern regions, pressure vessels requiring toughness at sub-zero temperatures, and any application where AWS D1.1 or project specifications explicitly designate E7018-1 for low-temperature fracture toughness. The 3\/32 in (2.4 mm) diameter provides precise control for root passes, thin plate, restricted-access joints, and all-position work requiring maximum hydrogen control and enhanced notch toughness simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable style=\"min-width: 50px\"\u003e\n\u003ccolgroup\u003e\n\u003ccol style=\"min-width: 25px\"\u003e\n\u003ccol style=\"min-width: 25px\"\u003e\n\u003c\/colgroup\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018-1 H4R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoating type\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIron powder \/ low-hydrogen (moisture-resistant)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRod diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRod length\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e14 in (356 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolarity\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eDC+ (DCEP) preferred; AC acceptable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWelding positions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll positions: F, H, V, OH\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMin tensile strength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e70,000 psi (483 MPa)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMin yield strength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e58,000 psi (400 MPa)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eElongation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e22% minimum\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eCharpy V-notch impact (KEY distinction)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e20 ft·lbf at −50°F (vs. −20°F for standard E7018)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax diffusible hydrogen\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e≤4 mL\/100g (H4 designation)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoisture resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eR designation (moisture-resistant coating)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTypical current range\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3\/32 in: 55–90 A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eStandards compliance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018-1 H4R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR 3\/32 in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAWS D1.5 bridge welding (root pass):\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS D1.5 Bridge Welding Code mandates E7018-1 over standard E7018 for fracture-critical tension member welds. The 3\/32 in diameter handles root pass applications in bridge girder CJP groove welds where access is restricted and precise root deposit control is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFracture-critical member (FCM) welding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any bridge tension member classified as fracture-critical by the engineer of record — the enhanced −50°F Charpy toughness directly addresses the low-temperature brittle fracture risk in FCM applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCold climate structural steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Buildings, bridges, and infrastructure in Alaska, Canada, and northern US states where service temperatures below −20°F require E7018-1 rather than standard E7018 to prevent brittle fracture in seismically or impact-loaded connections\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure vessels and piping with sub-zero impact requirements:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASME Section VIII pressure vessels with Charpy impact test requirements at −50°F and below — the -1 designation specifies the appropriate minimum impact energy at these temperatures\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeismic applications (AWS D1.8):\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS D1.8 Seismic Structural Welding Code often specifies E7018-1 or equivalent for moment connections and other high-ductility-demand joints in seismic regions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoot pass on high-toughness structural steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e For base metals such as A709 Grade 70W, A588, or A992 in fracture-critical or impact-loaded service, the 3\/32 in 7018-1 provides the optimal root pass with required toughness at the smallest practical electrode diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 7018-1 MR 3\/32 in (Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Position)\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage for 3\/32 in:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55–90 A on DC+. Same range as Excalibur 7018 XMR 3\/32 in. For root passes in bridge or fracture-critical applications, 65–75 A is typical. For vertical-up, 55–65 A. For flat and horizontal fill, 80–90 A.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e DC+ (DCEP) only for fracture-critical applications. AC is technically permitted per E7018-1 designation but should not be used for bridge or FCM welding — DC+ ensures best hydrogen control and mechanical properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrict arc length discipline:\u003c\/strong\u003e The H4 designation requires a very short arc — no more than 1× rod diameter (about 3\/32 in). On fracture-critical work, arc length discipline is a process control requirement, not just a technique preference. Any increase in arc length increases diffusible hydrogen and reduces the fracture toughness of the deposit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum interpass temperature for cold weather:\u003c\/strong\u003e For E7018-1 applications in cold climates, preheat is often specified — particularly for ASTM A709 bridge steels. Follow the applicable code preheat table. Minimum interpass temperature maintains preheat through the weld sequence.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRod oven and storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e For bridge and FCM welding, all electrodes must be from sealed containers or holding ovens — in compliance with AWS D1.5 and D1.1 requirements for H4 electrodes. The MR (moisture-resistant) coating provides a safety margin, but code-compliant storage is not negotiable on fracture-critical applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in sealed original packaging at ambient temperature before opening\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, store in a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C) — required for all code structural applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoisture-resistant (MR) coating extends out-of-oven exposure limits vs. standard E7018-1 without MR designation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eRedry at 500–800°F (260–427°C) for 1–2 hours if moisture exposure is suspected\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eLabel and segregate E7018-1 from standard E7018 — incorrect electrode use on fracture-critical work is a serious nonconformance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructural steels for fracture-critical service:\u003c\/strong\u003e A709 Grades 36, 50, 50W, 70W; A36; A572; A588 weathering steel (bridge applications); A992 (wide flange shapes)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure vessel steels requiring sub-zero impact testing:\u003c\/strong\u003e A516 with low-temperature impact requirements; A537 Class 1; A633\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoint types:\u003c\/strong\u003e Root and fill passes in CJP groove welds on fracture-critical bridge members; all position fillet and groove welds per AWS D1.1 and D1.5 with H4 electrode qualification\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR 3\/32\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is E7018-1 welding rod?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eE7018-1 is an AWS A5.1\/A5.1M classification specifying 70 ksi minimum tensile strength, iron powder\/low-hydrogen coating, all-position capability, AND enhanced notch toughness — minimum 20 ft·lbf Charpy at −50°F. The \"-1\" suffix distinguishes this from standard E7018 (which meets 20 ft·lbf only at −20°F). Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR adds moisture-resistant (MR) coating to this specification for field and bridge welding applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is the difference between E7018 and E7018-1?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth E7018 and E7018-1 produce 70 ksi minimum tensile strength and use low-hydrogen iron powder coatings. The single critical difference: E7018-1 is required to provide 20 ft·lbf Charpy V-notch impact at −50°F; standard E7018 meets this requirement only at −20°F. For bridge fracture-critical members (AWS D1.5), cold climate structures, and applications specifying sub-zero toughness, E7018-1 is the correct selection. For standard structural carbon steel work not requiring sub-zero toughness, either E7018 or E7018-1 is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen is E7018-1 required vs E7018?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eE7018-1 is required when: (1) AWS D1.5 bridge welding code applies and fracture-critical member classification is involved; (2) the WPS or engineering specification explicitly designates E7018-1; (3) the service temperature requires −50°F notch toughness. It is also used when AWS D1.8 seismic code specifies E7018-1 or equivalent. For standard structural steel work per AWS D1.1 without special toughness requirements, E7018 is acceptable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is the amperage for 3\/32 inch E7018-1?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor 3\/32 in (2.4 mm) E7018-1 MR, the typical amperage range is 55–90 A. Use 55–65 A for overhead and vertical positions; 65–75 A for general all-position work; 80–90 A for flat or horizontal fill passes on structural steel. This is the same range as 3\/32 in E7018 and E7018 XMR — diameter determines the amperage range, not the -1 toughness designation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCan E7018-1 MR be used on AWS D1.1 general structural work?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — E7018-1 is an acceptable substitute for E7018 on all AWS D1.1 structural work. The enhanced toughness of -1 designation exceeds the D1.1 minimum requirements. There is no penalty for using E7018-1 on applications that only require E7018 — the higher toughness is simply overspecified but not harmful. Many fabricators standardize on E7018-1 to simplify electrode inventory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDoes the 3\/32 diameter affect the -1 toughness performance?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — electrode diameter does not affect the AWS A5.1 mechanical property classification, including Charpy toughness. A 3\/32 in E7018-1 H4R meets the same −50°F Charpy requirement as a 1\/8 in, 5\/32 in, or 3\/16 in E7018-1. Diameter only affects the operating current range, deposition rate, and accessibility in joint configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIs Lincoln 7018-1 MR approved for bridge welding?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR meets AWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018-1 H4R classification requirements, which qualifies it for use in AWS D1.5 bridge welding applications where E7018-1 H4 electrodes are specified. For specific project applications, confirm that the electrode is qualified under the project's welding procedure specification (WPS) and that the welder is qualified per AWS D1.5 requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse all stick electrodes:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003eStick Welding Electrodes \u0026amp; Rods\u003c\/a\u003e — compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-7018-xmr-3-32-x-14-in-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eExcalibur 7018 XMR 3\/32\u003c\/a\u003e for standard E7018 H4R performance at the same diameter, or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-7018-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR 1\/8 in\u003c\/a\u003e for standard structural work at the most common SMAW diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR welding rods ship from WeldingMart — this product is in stock and available to add to your cart. Place your order online and in-stock items ship same day. Create a WeldingMart account to track order status, manage your product history, and reorder Lincoln Excalibur electrodes quickly for production and project needs. The 7018-1 MR meets the -60°F impact requirements for cold-weather structural applications — confirm this product is the correct grade for your application before adding to cart. For volume orders or project procurement of this Lincoln Electric product, contact WeldingMart to confirm current stock levels and delivery lead times.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Reference \u0026amp; Welding Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting stick electrodes, welders should reference the relevant welding standard and process documentation. Key technical considerations include time, read, email, 5 32, 3 32, improve, 1 8, need. Always consult the electrode manufacturer's data sheet and applicable AWS, ASME, or structural welding codes for your specific application. WeldingMart provides technical resources to support your electrode selection and welding process qualification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Reference \u0026amp; Welding Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting stick electrodes, welders should reference the relevant welding standard and process documentation. Key technical considerations include time, read, email, 5 32, 3 32, improve, 1 8, need. Always consult the electrode manufacturer's data sheet and applicable AWS, ASME, or structural welding codes for your specific application. WeldingMart provides technical resources to support your electrode selection and welding process qualification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in to 3\/8 in (3.2–9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in to 1\/2 in (4.8–12.7 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat\/horizontal preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR include: electrode, e7018 1, e7018 1 8, stick electrode, welding, weld metal, low hydrogen, metals, customers, review, great, welding rod. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in to 3\/8 in (3.2–9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in to 1\/2 in (4.8–12.7 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat\/horizontal preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR include: e7018 1 8, electrode, e7018 1, stick electrode, weld metal, low hydrogen, metals, customers, great, iron powder type, materials, value. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in to 3\/8 in (3.2–9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in to 1\/2 in (4.8–12.7 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat\/horizontal preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-1 MR include: e7018 1 8, e7018 1, stick electrode, weld metal, low hydrogen, metals, job, money, trailers, free, ideal, means. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638092562583,"sku":"ED033179","price":156.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638115008663,"sku":"ED032592","price":180.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED028702)","offer_id":43638060875927,"sku":"ED028702","price":265.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED034309)","offer_id":43638123102359,"sku":"ED034309","price":304.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638062907543,"sku":"ED028704","price":265.47,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638064349335,"sku":"ED028706","price":269.94,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":47647591268503,"sku":"ED038369","price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":47647591301271,"sku":"ED038370","price":253.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638114812055,"sku":"ED032591","price":180.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED028700)","offer_id":43638060187799,"sku":"ED028700","price":270.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED034308)","offer_id":43638122152087,"sku":"ED034308","price":322.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033179-excalibur-7018-1-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-3-8-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594746"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-7018-xmr-3-32-x-14-in-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR 3\/32 x 14 in SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR — What Is E7018 XMR?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR\u003c\/strong\u003e (3\/32 x 14 in) is an \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R\u003c\/strong\u003e iron powder\/low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with Lincoln Electric's XMR (Extra Moisture Resistant) coating — the highest-performance moisture-resistant coating in the Excalibur 7018 family. The XMR designation indicates an enhanced moisture-resistant coating beyond the standard MR (Moisture Resistant) designation, providing the most extended out-of-oven exposure time allowed while still meeting H4 hydrogen performance (≤4 mL\/100g diffusible hydrogen). The 3\/32 in (2.4 mm) diameter is the smallest commonly stocked Excalibur 7018 diameter, designed for root pass welding, thin-plate applications, restricted-access joints, and vertical and overhead position work where smaller rod diameter provides better operator control. This combination of 3\/32 diameter, H4R performance, and XMR moisture resistance makes this the most demanding field conditions electrode in the Excalibur 7018 size range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable style=\"min-width: 50px\"\u003e\n\u003ccolgroup\u003e\n\u003ccol style=\"min-width: 25px\"\u003e\n\u003ccol style=\"min-width: 25px\"\u003e\n\u003c\/colgroup\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln designation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 7018 XMR (Extra Moisture Resistant)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoating type\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIron powder \/ low-hydrogen (extra moisture-resistant)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRod diameter\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eRod length\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e14 in (356 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolarity\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eDC+ (DCEP) preferred; AC acceptable\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWelding positions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll positions: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMin tensile strength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e70,000 psi (483 MPa)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMin yield strength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e58,000 psi (400 MPa)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eElongation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e22% minimum\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax diffusible hydrogen\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e≤4 mL\/100g (H4 designation)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoisture resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eR designation + XMR enhanced moisture resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTypical current range\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3\/32 in: 55–90 A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eStandards compliance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR 3\/32 in\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoot pass welding on structural steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3\/32 in diameter provides precise control in tight root openings and restricted-access joints where 1\/8 in is too large. Ideal for root passes in CJP groove welds on structural steel connections.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThin-plate structural welding (3\/16 – 3\/8 in):\u003c\/strong\u003e On thinner steel sections where 1\/8 in E7018 would cause burn-through or excessive heat input, 3\/32 in provides the needed current reduction while maintaining low-hydrogen performance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVertical and overhead code welding:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smaller diameter improves operator control in vertical-up and overhead positions — easier to manage the smaller weld pool while maintaining H4R hydrogen performance for code structural applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eField welding with extended rod exposure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XMR coating provides the most moisture-resistant performance in the Excalibur 7018 family — maximum out-of-oven exposure time for field environments where electrode storage is challenging\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStructural repairs in confined spaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smaller diameter and 14 in length provide improved access in confined welds where standard 1\/8 in × 18 in rods are impractical\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeismic and fracture-critical welds:\u003c\/strong\u003e H4R hydrogen control combined with E7018 structural performance meets the most demanding fracture-critical and seismic application requirements in AWS D1.1 and AWS D1.8\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 7018 XMR 3\/32 in (Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Position)\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage for 3\/32 in:\u003c\/strong\u003e 55–90 A is the operating range. Start at 65–75 A for all-position work on 3\/16 – 1\/4 in plate. Increase to 80–90 A for flat and horizontal on thicker sections. Reduce to 55–65 A for overhead or thin plate. 3\/32 in requires significantly lower amperage than 1\/8 in — confirm settings before striking the arc.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e DC+ (DCEP) preferred for maximum penetration and optimal H4 hydrogen performance. AC is acceptable per E7018 designation. For structural code applications, use DC+.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShort arc length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Critical for low-hydrogen performance. Keep arc length at 1× rod diameter (approximately 3\/32 in). The smaller diameter makes arc length control easier to develop than with 1\/8 in electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXMR out-of-oven advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The XMR coating allows extended out-of-oven time beyond standard MR designation — consult the Lincoln Electric product data sheet for the specific extended exposure limits. Even XMR electrodes benefit from holding oven storage on code work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in vertical-up technique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Z-weave or C-weave at reduced amperage (55–65 A). The smaller puddle of 3\/32 in is easier to control on vertical than 1\/8 in, making this a good choice for welders developing vertical-up technique with E7018.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoot pass technique:\u003c\/strong\u003e For open-root groove welds, run 3\/32 in at 65–75 A with a tight arc and keyhole technique. The smaller diameter allows the electrode to fit into the root gap and establish fusion on both root faces before filling with larger passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eXMR advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Extended moisture-resistant coating allows significantly longer out-of-oven exposure than standard E7018 or even standard MR designation — the best option for challenging field environments\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in sealed original packaging at ambient temperature before opening\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, store in a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C) for all code-critical applications\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor redrying: 500–800°F (260–427°C) for 1–2 hours per Lincoln Electric recommendations\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore separately from non-7018 electrodes to prevent mixing\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBase metals:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASTM A36, A572 (Grade 50, 60), A516, A106 pipe, A53 pipe, and other mild-to-low-alloy structural steels per AWS D1.1 prequalified base metals\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoint types:\u003c\/strong\u003e Root passes and fill passes in CJP groove welds, fillet welds, and restricted-access joints where 3\/32 in diameter provides better access than 1\/8 in\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFracture-critical and seismic:\u003c\/strong\u003e H4R classification meets the most stringent hydrogen control requirements for AWS D1.1 fracture-critical work and AWS D1.8 seismic provisions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR 3\/32\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is E7018 XMR welding rod?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR is an E7018 H4R low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with an extra moisture-resistant (XMR) coating — the most moisture-resistant in the Excalibur 7018 family. XMR allows extended out-of-oven time in humid or challenging field environments while maintaining ≤4 mL\/100g diffusible hydrogen for code structural applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is the difference between E7018 XMR and E7018 MR?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth XMR and MR provide moisture-resistant coatings that allow extended out-of-oven time compared to standard E7018. XMR (Extra Moisture Resistant) provides a higher level of moisture resistance and longer maximum out-of-oven exposure than standard MR. For applications in very humid, rainy, or exposed field conditions, XMR is the better choice to maintain H4 hydrogen performance over extended exposure periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat amperage for 3\/32 inch 7018 electrodes?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor 3\/32 in (2.4 mm) E7018 XMR, the typical amperage range is 55–90 A. Use 55–65 A for overhead and vertical, 65–75 A for general all-position work, and 80–90 A for flat and horizontal on heavier sections. Compared to 1\/8 in E7018 (90–150 A range), the 3\/32 in diameter requires significantly lower amperage — incorrect (too high) amperage will cause excessive penetration and burn-through on thin material.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIs 3\/32 E7018 good for root passes?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — 3\/32 in E7018 is commonly used for root passes in structural CJP groove welds where the root opening is too tight for 1\/8 in diameter. The smaller diameter fits into the root gap and provides precise control of keyhole formation and root face fusion. The XMR moisture-resistant coating ensures that the root pass achieves H4 hydrogen performance even after extended time out of the holding oven on field applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCan Lincoln 7018 XMR be used without an oven on job sites?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XMR coating provides significantly extended out-of-oven exposure compared to standard E7018 — making it more practical for field job sites where electrode ovens are inconvenient. However, for code-critical structural work (AWS D1.1, ASME), even XMR electrodes must be stored per the applicable code requirements. Consult the Lincoln Electric product data sheet for specific time-temperature exposure limits for the XMR coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is the smallest diameter Excalibur 7018 available?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 is available in 3\/32 in (2.4 mm) as the smallest standard diameter — this 3\/32 x 14 in XMR product. Larger diameters in the Excalibur 7018 family include 1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16, and 7\/32 in for progressively thicker material and higher deposition applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDoes E7018 XMR have the same mechanical properties as standard E7018?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — E7018 XMR is classified as E7018 H4R and meets all AWS A5.1 mechanical property requirements: 70,000 psi minimum tensile, 58,000 psi minimum yield, 22% elongation, and 20 ft·lbf Charpy impact at −20°F. The XMR designation refers to the coating's moisture resistance, not a change in mechanical properties.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse all stick electrodes:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003eStick Welding Electrodes \u0026amp; Rods\u003c\/a\u003e — compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-7018-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR\u003c\/a\u003e for standard moisture-resistant 7018 performance, or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-7018-1-mr-3-32-x-14-in-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eExcalibur 7018-1 MR 3\/32\u003c\/a\u003e for enhanced notch toughness at this same diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Lincoln Electric product ships from WeldingMart — add Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR to your cart to place your order. The Excalibur XMR is in stock in the 3\/32 in diameter for AWS CWI-qualifying test welds and structural production welding. Create a WeldingMart account to manage your order history and enable fast reorder of this product for ongoing projects. In-stock 7018 XMR orders ship same day. Select your preferred package size from the variant picker before adding to cart. Questions about this product's suitability for certification testing? Our welding specialists can advise before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Reference \u0026amp; Welding Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting stick electrodes, welders should reference the relevant welding standard and process documentation. Key technical considerations include read, contact. Always consult the electrode manufacturer's data sheet and applicable AWS, ASME, or structural welding codes for your specific application. WeldingMart provides technical resources to support your electrode selection and welding process qualification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Reference \u0026amp; Welding Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting stick electrodes, welders should reference the relevant welding standard and process documentation. Key technical considerations include read, contact. Always consult the electrode manufacturer's data sheet and applicable AWS, ASME, or structural welding codes for your specific application. WeldingMart provides technical resources to support your electrode selection and welding process qualification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR include: stick, 50 lb, lb easy open, e7018 h4r, mild steel, smooth arc, master carton, e7018 h4r requirement, 0.035 max, 0.30 max, min, moisture pickup. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR include: stick, 50 lb, lb easy open, mild steel, smooth arc, master carton, e7018 h4r requirement, 0.035 max, 0.30 max, typical result, clear puddle, low hydrogen. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018 XMR include: stick, 50 lb, lb easy open, 60 less moisture pickup, improved coating integrity, mn ni cr mo, typical result as welded, ft lbs, 350 mm, charpy v notch, extreme bendability, ft lbs 30 c. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639136944279,"sku":"ED037426","price":188.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639163846807,"sku":"ED037423","price":251.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43639137239191,"sku":"ED037427","price":188.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639163617431,"sku":"ED037424","price":251.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639136780439,"sku":"ED037425","price":188.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639163748503,"sku":"ED037422","price":13618.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed037426-excalibur-7018-xmr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-18x14-in-3-10-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720031"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-8018-c1-mr-x-14-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln E8018-C1 (Excalibur 8018-C1 MR x 14 SMAW Welding Rod)","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-8018-c1-mr-x-14-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln E8018-C1 (Excalibur 8018-C1 MR x 14\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.5\/A5.5M E8018-C1 SMAW stick electrode family with 80 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ or AC, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 6 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln E8018-C1 (Excalibur 8018-C1 MR x 14\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE8018-C1 is an AWS A5.5 low-alloy low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with 80 ksi minimum tensile and a 2.5% nickel addition for improved low-temperature impact toughness. It is specified for low-temperature service vessels, LNG piping, and arctic structural fabrication where Charpy V-notch impact properties at -75 F or below are required. Runs DC+ or AC in all positions with the same low-hydrogen storage and rebake discipline as E7018.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E8018-C1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ or AC, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln E8018-C1 (Excalibur 8018-C1 MR x 14 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638087483543,"sku":"ED030877","price":421.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639137337495,"sku":"ED032597","price":268.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43639137108119,"sku":"ED032596","price":295.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638088564887,"sku":"ED030878","price":408.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638052946071,"sku":"ED030879","price":417.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638054158487,"sku":"ED030880","price":422.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed030878-excalibur-8018-c1-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-532x14-in-50-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594807"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-9018m-mr-x-14-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln E9018M (Excalibur 9018M MR x 14 SMAW Welding Rod)","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-9018m-mr-x-14-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln E9018M (Excalibur 9018M MR x 14\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.5\/A5.5M E9018-M SMAW stick electrode family with 90 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ or AC, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 6 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln E9018M (Excalibur 9018M MR x 14\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE9018-M is an AWS A5.5 low-alloy low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with 90 ksi minimum tensile and military-spec (MIL) chemistry tightly controlled for low temperature impact toughness on HY-80 \/ HY-100 high-strength steels in shipbuilding, submarine, and naval structural fabrication. Runs DC+ or AC in all positions; strict moisture control and rebake protocols apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E9018-M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ or AC, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln E9018M (Excalibur 9018M MR x 14 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638084206743,"sku":"ED030870","price":339.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638085648535,"sku":"ED030871","price":362.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638117531799,"sku":"ED032602","price":248.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638083027095,"sku":"ED030868","price":384.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638118383767,"sku":"ED032603","price":242.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638083944599,"sku":"ED030869","price":367.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed030870-excalibur-9018m-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-532x14-in-50-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594807"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-10018-d2-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 10018-D2 MR E10018-D2 Stick Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- Stick Lane A | handle: lincoln-excalibur-10018-d2-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod | 2026-06-16 --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur 10018-D2 MR E10018-D2 — Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 10018-D2 MR\u003c\/strong\u003e is a low-alloy, low-hydrogen SMAW electrode classified to \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E10018-D2\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for welding high-strength structural steel, quenched-and-tempered (Q\u0026amp;T) steel, and heavy construction applications where 100 ksi minimum tensile strength is required. The D2 designation specifies a manganese-molybdenum alloy deposit (1.65–2.0% Mn, 0.25–0.45% Mo) that achieves exceptional strength and CVN toughness in the as-deposited and post-weld heat-treated condition. The \u003cstrong\u003eMR (Moisture Resistant)\u003c\/strong\u003e hermetically sealed packaging maintains the H4 diffusible hydrogen designation until the can is opened — critical for preventing hydrogen-induced cracking in high-strength steels. \u003cstrong\u003eDC+ (DCEP) only; all positions.\u003c\/strong\u003e Available at WeldingMart as an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-specs\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E10018-D2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlloy chemistry (deposit)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.65–2.0% Mn, 0.25–0.45% Mo (D2 composition)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoating type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-hydrogen, iron-powder basic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ (DCEP) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWelding positions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100,000 psi (690 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum yield strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88,000 psi (607 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElongation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16% minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCVN impact (-20°F)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 ft-lb (54 J) per AWS A5.5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiffusible hydrogen\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH4 — ≤ 4 mL\/100g (MR packaging)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoisture Resistant (MR)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — hermetically sealed packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical current range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in: 100–150 A | 5\/32 in: 130–190 A | 3\/16 in: 160–230 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandards compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M; AWS D1.1; ASME Section IX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-applications\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eApplications \u0026amp; Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eExcalibur 10018-D2 MR is specified for high-strength steel welding in critical structural and construction applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuenched-and-tempered structural steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Welding ASTM A514, A517, A709 Grade 100\/100W, and equivalent Q\u0026amp;T steels requiring 100 ksi minimum tensile filler metal matching\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy construction equipment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Crane booms, earthmoving equipment frames, mining equipment structures, and OEM fabrication on high-strength structural components\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBridge fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS D1.5 bridge code applications on higher-strength steel members where 100 ksi electrodes are required by the project specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMilitary and armor fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tactical vehicle structures and ballistic steel applications requiring high-strength Mn-Mo filler metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffshore structures:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-strength steel nodes, jackets, and deck structures where elevated strength requirements combined with toughness certification are mandatory\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure vessels and vessels under external pressure:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASME Section VIII applications on higher-strength alloy steels in the D2 composition range\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technique\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProcess Technology — How to Run E10018-D2\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreheat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mandatory. For A514\/A517 Q\u0026amp;T steels, AWS D1.1 Table 3.2 requires preheat of 125–225°F depending on thickness category. Higher-CE steels may require up to 400°F. Follow your WPS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterpass temperature maximum:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400°F (204°C) for Q\u0026amp;T steels. High interpass temperature degrades the tempered martensite microstructure of Q\u0026amp;T base metal — exceeding the interpass limit is the most common way to reduce the HAZ toughness on A514.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeat input control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Limit heat input per your WPS. For A514, AWS D1.1 specifies maximum heat input by plate thickness — typically 55–65 kJ\/in for thinner material, up to 90 kJ\/in for thicker sections. Excessive heat input over-tempers the HAZ and reduces strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-hydrogen discipline:\u003c\/strong\u003e H4 diffusible hydrogen is non-negotiable on 100 ksi Q\u0026amp;T steels. Use directly from the sealed MR can or holding oven at 250–300°F. Do not leave electrodes in open air.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStringer beads:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stringer beads with minimal weave — wide weaving increases heat input and widens the over-tempered HAZ zone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlag removal:\u003c\/strong\u003e Remove all slag between passes. Inspect each pass for cracks — restart immediately if visual inspection indicates cold cracking has occurred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-storage\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling — H4 Low-Hydrogen Critical\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE10018-D2 MR is the highest-strength electrode in this product category — hydrogen control is the most important quality variable:\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnopened MR can:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in a dry location at ambient temperature. The hermetic seal maintains H4 condition indefinitely until opened.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAfter opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer immediately to a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C). Use within 4 hours of oven removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReconditioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Per AWS A5.5, recondition at 700–800°F (371–427°C) for 1 hour. MR-grade electrodes may be reconditioned once — this restores H4 designation. Do not recondition more than once or recondition cracked\/damaged coatings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraceability:\u003c\/strong\u003e For code work requiring documentation, record lot numbers and traceability per your quality system. The hermetic MR can supports lot traceability for weld procedure documentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdl\u003e\n    \u003cdt\u003eWhat is E10018-D2 used for?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eE10018-D2 is used for welding high-strength quenched-and-tempered structural steels (ASTM A514, A517, A709 Grade 100) and equivalent 100 ksi yield strength base metals in bridge fabrication, heavy construction equipment, mining structures, and offshore applications where AWS D1.1, D1.5, or ASME Section IX procedures require 100 ksi minimum tensile filler metal.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the D2 alloy composition?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eThe D2 suffix in AWS A5.5 specifies a manganese-molybdenum alloy deposit with 1.65–2.0% Mn and 0.25–0.45% Mo. The Mn-Mo combination provides the strength and toughness combination required for high-strength structural applications. D1 specifies lower Mn and Mo; D2 provides higher strength for 100 ksi class applications.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eCan E10018-D2 be used on A514 steel?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eYes — E10018-D2 is one of the pre-qualified electrodes for ASTM A514 structural steel under AWS D1.1. The WPS must specify preheat (typically 125–225°F per D1.1 Table 3.2 depending on thickness), maximum interpass temperature (400°F), maximum heat input, and H4 low-hydrogen practice. Verify your specific A514 heat and thickness category against the D1.1 requirements before welding.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eWhat is the difference between E10018-D2 and E8018-C3?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eE8018-C3 deposits 80 ksi minimum tensile strength with a nickel-bearing composition for low-temperature toughness. E10018-D2 deposits 100 ksi minimum tensile with a Mn-Mo composition optimized for Q\u0026amp;T structural steel strength. Select E8018-C3 for 80 ksi applications requiring low-temperature CVN toughness (offshore, arctic); select E10018-D2 when the base metal or WPS requires 100 ksi minimum tensile filler metal.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-crosslinks\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse all low-alloy electrodes:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003eStick Welding Electrodes \u0026amp; Rods\u003c\/a\u003e — or compare with \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-9018-b3-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eLincoln Excalibur 9018-B3 MR\u003c\/a\u003e for Cr-Mo alloy steel applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is E10018-D2 used for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"E10018-D2 is used for welding high-strength quenched-and-tempered structural steels (ASTM A514, A517, A709 Grade 100) in bridge fabrication, heavy construction equipment, mining structures, and offshore applications requiring 100 ksi minimum tensile filler metal.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can E10018-D2 be used on A514 steel?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes — E10018-D2 is pre-qualified for ASTM A514 structural steel under AWS D1.1. The WPS must specify preheat (125–225°F), maximum interpass temperature (400°F), maximum heat input, and H4 low-hydrogen practice.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the difference between E10018-D2 and E8018-C3?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"E8018-C3 deposits 80 ksi minimum tensile with nickel for low-temperature toughness. E10018-D2 deposits 100 ksi minimum tensile with Mn-Mo for Q\u0026T structural steel strength. Select E8018-C3 for 80 ksi low-temp toughness; select E10018-D2 when the WPS requires 100 ksi minimum tensile.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 25 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638090465431,"sku":"ED033162","price":196.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638091612311,"sku":"ED033163","price":399.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638092234903,"sku":"ED033164","price":398.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 50 lb","offer_id":43638104260759,"sku":"ED033330","price":384.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033162-excalibur-10018-d2-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-25-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594806"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-11018m-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 11018M MR E11018-M Stick Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-11018m-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 11018M MR\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.5\/A5.5M E11018-M SMAW stick electrode family with 110 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ or AC, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 6 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 11018M MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 11018M MR is an AWS A5.5 E11018-M H4R low-hydrogen iron-powder basic-coated moisture-resistant SMAW electrode with 110 ksi minimum tensile, engineered for HSLA, high-strength quenched-and-tempered, and HY-80\/HY-100 steels in military, naval, offshore, and pressure-vessel fabrication. The H4R designation delivers up to 60% less moisture pickup than competitive E11018-M electrodes, sharply reducing hydrogen-induced cracking risk on the high-restraint joints typical of high-strength steel work. Runs DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E11018-M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ or AC, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 11018M MR from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638103769239,"sku":"ED031975","price":365.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638082994327,"sku":"ED032607","price":239.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638105145495,"sku":"ED031976","price":358.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638083911831,"sku":"ED032608","price":241.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638105276567,"sku":"ED031977","price":355.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638106718359,"sku":"ED031978","price":324.25,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed031975-excalibur-11018m-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x14-in-50-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594627"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-2209-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 2209 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-2209-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 2209\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E2209-15\/-16\/-17 SMAW stick electrode family with 100 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16\/-17), all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 4 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 2209\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE2209 is an AWS A5.4 duplex stainless SMAW electrode with 100 ksi minimum tensile and a balanced 22 Cr \/ 9 Ni \/ 3 Mo \/ N duplex chemistry for welding 2205 and similar duplex stainless steels. The duplex structure delivers high strength plus excellent pitting\/crevice corrosion resistance in chloride environments - standard for marine, offshore, and chemical process service. Tight heat-input control required to maintain austenite\/ferrite balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E2209-15\/-16\/-17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16\/-17), all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 2209 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131930775,"sku":"ED034985","price":172.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139106967,"sku":"ED034986","price":243.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139205271,"sku":"ED034987","price":209.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139532951,"sku":"ED034988","price":209.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034985-excalibur-2209-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720032"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-2594-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 2594 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-2594-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 2594\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E2594-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 110 ksi minimum tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 4 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 2594\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE2594-16 is an AWS A5.4 super-duplex stainless SMAW electrode with 110 ksi minimum tensile and ~25 Cr \/ 9.5 Ni \/ 4 Mo \/ 0.25 N chemistry, designed for welding super-duplex grades 2507 (UNS S32750) and Zeron 100 (UNS S32760) used in offshore oil and gas, chemical-process, and seawater service. Pitting Resistance Equivalent Number (PREN) exceeds 40, delivering exceptional pitting and crevice corrosion resistance. Heat input control (0.5-1.5 kJ\/mm) and interpass temperature ≤300  deg F are critical to maintain austenite-ferrite balance. Runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E2594-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 2594 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131996311,"sku":"ED034989","price":25980.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139270807,"sku":"ED034990","price":441.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139401879,"sku":"ED034991","price":441.58,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139303575,"sku":"ED034992","price":18759.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034989-excalibur-2594-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-38-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720032"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-308h-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 308H Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-308h-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 308H\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E308-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 75 ksi minimum tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 4 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 308H\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE308-16 is an AWS A5.4 austenitic stainless SMAW electrode with 75 ksi minimum tensile and ~19.5 Cr \/ 10 Ni chemistry, designed for welding 304 and 304H stainless steel and similar austenitic grades. The 308H variant has carbon controlled to 0.04-0.08% for high-temperature creep strength in 304H elevated-service applications (boiler superheaters, steam piping). The -16 lime-titania coating delivers smooth arc and easy slag removal. Runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E308-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 308H from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638119006359,"sku":"ED033083","price":198.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638120218775,"sku":"ED033084","price":229.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638120349847,"sku":"ED033085","price":162.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638120906903,"sku":"ED033086","price":188.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033083-excalibur-308308h-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594448"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-308l-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 308L Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 308L is a low-carbon E308L-16 stainless steel welding rod engineered to weld Type 304 and 304L austenitic stainless steel — the most widely used stainless steel grades in food processing, pharmaceutical manufacturing, architectural, and general industrial applications. With weld metal carbon content ≤ 0.04 % and a balanced 19–21 Cr \/ 9–11 Ni chemistry, Excalibur 308L prevents sensitization-induced intergranular corrosion while delivering smooth AC and DCEP arc performance in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Lincoln Excalibur 308L Stainless Welding Rod?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 308L is Lincoln Electric's premium E308L-16 SMAW electrode for Type 304 and 304L stainless steel. The AWS designation E308L-16 decodes as: \"E\" = electrode; \"308L\" = 18-8 chromium-nickel chemistry with low carbon (≤ 0.04 %); \"-16\" = rutile-basic flux enabling AC and DCEP welding in all positions. Like all Excalibur stainless rods, the 308L version uses tightly controlled flux chemistry to ensure consistent ferrite content (FN 3–10 typical), which prevents hot cracking in the austenitic weld metal during rapid solidification. The \"L\" (low carbon) classification means post-weld sensitization — the precipitation of chromium carbides that depletes HAZ chromium and creates corrosion pathways — does not occur even in thick multi-pass welds. This makes Excalibur 308L ideal for service involving aqueous, acidic, or food-contact media without post-weld solution annealing. Excalibur 308L is to 304\/304L stainless welding what Excalibur 7018 MR is to carbon-steel welding — a reliable, production-proven Lincoln flagship electrode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Mechanical Specs — E308L-16 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE308L-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.04%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.0–21.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.0–11.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74,000 psi (510 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54,000 psi (372 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlux Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRutile-basic (-16)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC, DCEP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32, 1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 35 % elongation minimum is among the highest for any AWS A5.4 electrode classification, confirming excellent ductility and impact toughness in the 308L weld metal — important for equipment subject to thermal cycling, vibration, or cryogenic service down to -320 °F.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for E308L-16 Stainless Welding Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType 304 and 304L stainless steel piping, vessels, tanks, and sheet metal\u003c\/strong\u003e — the primary base metal application for E308L-16 weld metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood processing and dairy equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e — sanitary stainless construction per 3-A dairy standards and FDA requirements for food-contact surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePharmaceutical vessels and bioreactors\u003c\/strong\u003e — USP water systems, CIP (clean-in-place) circuits, and sanitary fittings where passivation must be maintained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArchitectural and cladding stainless\u003c\/strong\u003e — handrails, facades, and trim work where appearance weld quality matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair welding of 304 stainless components\u003c\/strong\u003e — heat exchangers, process piping, storage tanks, and equipment in chemical and petrochemical plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissimilar welds: 304 to 308, 304 to 304L, or 304 to 321\u003c\/strong\u003e — E308L-16 is conservative and compatible with standard and L-grade 304 family base metals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCryogenic service\u003c\/strong\u003e — E308L weld metal remains ductile down to liquid nitrogen temperatures (-320 °F), making it suitable for cryogenic vessels and LNG\/LOX storage systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 308L — Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–75 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin-wall pipe, sheet metal, root passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70–110 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard piping, vessel walls, fittings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e95–140 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-section vessels, structural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120–170 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy fill passes on thick plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey technique points for 308L stainless SMAW:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eInterpass temperature:\u003c\/em\u003e Always keep below 300 °F (150 °C) between passes. Stainless holds heat poorly — more time between passes is required than with carbon steel of equivalent thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eArc length:\u003c\/em\u003e Keep tight — approximately 1× core diameter. Long arc length on stainless increases nitrogen and oxygen pickup from the atmosphere, promoting porosity and loss of corrosion resistance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eStainless-dedicated wire brush:\u003c\/em\u003e Use only SS wire brushes between passes. Carbon-steel bristle contamination embeds iron particles that corrode and compromise the passive oxide layer of completed welds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cem\u003eDistortion control:\u003c\/em\u003e Use tack welding sequences, back-step technique, and fixturing to minimize distortion on thin 304 sheet and plate. Stainless has 50 % higher thermal expansion than carbon steel and significant distortion without control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling for E308L-16 Stainless Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed container:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in original sealed Lincoln container in a dry area (below 70 % RH, 40–100 °F). Indefinite shelf life in sealed packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRe-drying:\u003c\/strong\u003e If moisture-exposed, dry at 300–350 °F for 1–2 hours before use. Do not exceed 400 °F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding oven:\u003c\/strong\u003e In high-humidity production shops, keep opened canisters in a 200–250 °F holding oven between uses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContamination prevention:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store stainless electrodes away from carbon-steel electrodes, grinding dust, and carbon-steel chips. Even residual iron contamination on the flux surface can cause arc instability and iron porosity in stainless welds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types for E308L-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary compatible base metals:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eType 304, 304L austenitic stainless (UNS S30400, S30403)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eType 302, 302B, 303 (for non-critical or general repair use)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eType 308, 308L\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissimilar: 304\/304L to 321 (note: for high-temperature 321 service involving creep, verify with metallurgical specialist)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint types: all groove and fillet types in all positions. Follow ASME Section IX for pressure-containing joints. PWHT is not required and should be avoided for austenitic stainless — annealing in the sensitizing range defeats the purpose of the L-grade chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Excalibur 308L E308L-16 Stainless Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between E308-16 and E308L-16?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE308L-16 limits carbon to ≤ 0.04 % vs. ≤ 0.08 % for E308-16. Low carbon prevents sensitization — the precipitation of chromium carbides at grain boundaries — which can lead to intergranular corrosion in welded joints exposed to aqueous media. For any food, pharmaceutical, or corrosion-critical application, specify E308L-16.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use 308L to weld 304H stainless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n304H contains higher carbon (0.04–0.10 %) for elevated-temperature creep strength. E308L-16 does not match the elevated-temperature strength of 304H weld metal. For high-temperature service (above 1100 °F), use E308H-16. For ambient-temperature service or repair, E308L-16 is acceptable — confirm with the applicable code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why is the ferrite number important in 308L weld metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA small amount of delta ferrite (FN 3–10) in the fully austenitic weld metal acts as a hot cracking inhibitor. Pure austenite has a continuous grain structure through which solidification cracks can propagate. Ferrite creates discontinuities that arrest crack propagation. Too much ferrite (FN \u0026gt; 15) reduces impact toughness and corrosion resistance. Lincoln controls Excalibur 308L flux to consistently deliver FN 4–8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is E308L-16 suitable for cryogenic LNG service?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Austenitic stainless steel weld metal (E308L type) maintains excellent impact toughness down to -320 °F and is widely used for LNG, LOX, and liquid nitrogen service. Verify with the applicable design code (ASME Section VIII, BS EN 13458, etc.) for specific impact testing requirements at service temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What cleaning process should I use before welding 304 stainless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n(1) Degrease with acetone or isopropyl alcohol to remove all oils, greases, and cutting fluids; (2) Remove any mill scale, heavy oxides, or laser-cut dross with a stainless wire brush or abrasive flap disc; (3) Do not use carbon-steel tools that can embed iron particles; (4) Keep the joint clean and dry before welding. Do not touch cleaned surfaces with bare hands — skin oils cause porosity and affect the passive oxide layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the best electrode size for thin-wall 304 tubing (Schedule 10, 2 in OD)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor 2 in Schedule 10 pipe (0.109 in wall), use 3\/32 in E308L-16 at 55–70 A DCEP. The thin wall requires careful amperage control and short arc length to prevent burn-through. Back-purge with argon for root passes on pipe that will contact product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use E308L-16 on 316 stainless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE308L-16 lacks the molybdenum addition (2–3 %) present in 316 weld metal. In most general fabrication and repair situations, E308L-16 is used as a budget substitute for 316\/316L filler — the weld will have somewhat less pitting and crevice corrosion resistance in chloride environments. For service in chloride or acidic media, use E316L-16 to maintain full corrosion performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between E308-16 and E308L-16?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"E308L-16 limits carbon to 0.04% vs 0.08% for E308-16. Low carbon prevents sensitization and intergranular corrosion in food, pharma, and corrosion-critical applications.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is ferrite number important in 308L weld metal?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"FN 3-10 delta ferrite acts as a hot cracking inhibitor by creating discontinuities in the austenitic grain structure. Lincoln controls Excalibur 308L to FN 4-8.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is E308L-16 suitable for cryogenic LNG service?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. 308L weld metal maintains excellent toughness to -320°F and is widely used for LNG, LOX, and liquid nitrogen service.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What electrode size for thin-wall 2 in Schedule 10 304 pipe?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Use 3\/32 in E308L-16 at 55-70A DCEP with back-purge argon for product-contact pipe.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use E308L-16 on 316 stainless?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes but it lacks the 2-3% Mo of 316 weld metal, reducing pitting resistance in chloride environments. Use E316L-16 for full corrosion performance on 316 service.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What cleaning is needed before welding 304 stainless?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Degrease with acetone; remove oxides with a stainless wire brush; use no carbon-steel tools; keep joint dry. Do not touch cleaned surfaces with bare hands.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use E308L on 304H stainless?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"For ambient-temperature service E308L is acceptable. For high-temperature service above 1100°F use E308H-16 to match the creep strength of 304H.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e308L Stainless Welding Rod Technical Selection Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eType 304 and 304L austenitic stainless steel is the most widely used stainless grade in food service, pharmaceutical, architectural, and general industrial applications — accounting for approximately 50% of all stainless steel consumed globally. For any welding performed on 304\/304L, the E308L-16 electrode (Excalibur 308L) is the standard filler metal recommendation. The 18% chromium and 10% nickel in the weld metal deposit match the 304 alloy system, providing equivalent corrosion resistance and austenitic structure in the weld metal and HAZ. The L-grade carbon limitation (0.04% max) prevents sensitization — a critical concern for food processing, pharmaceutical, and water treatment applications where intergranular corrosion at weld HAZs would compromise product purity or pipe integrity. Passive film restoration (passivation) after welding — typically with nitric acid or citric acid solution per ASTM A380 or ASTM A967 — restores the full corrosion resistance of the weld and adjacent HAZ surface. For all food, pharmaceutical, and potable water applications, specify post-weld passivation in the fabrication procedure. Excalibur 308L provides the substrate quality (proper ferrite control, low carbon, clean slag) that supports effective passivation without corrosion-compromising defects in the weld surface.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033087)","offer_id":43638122741911,"sku":"ED033087","price":267.82,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033079)","offer_id":43638117040279,"sku":"ED033079","price":124.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033089)","offer_id":43638124052631,"sku":"ED033089","price":123.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 1 lb Tube (6-Pack)","offer_id":43638091579543,"sku":"ED033093","price":118.15,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638123135127,"sku":"ED033088","price":146.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638124576919,"sku":"ED033090","price":134.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb","offer_id":43638089089175,"sku":"ED033091","price":145.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638118711447,"sku":"ED033081","price":144.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (ED033092)","offer_id":43638091514007,"sku":"ED033092","price":212.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (ED033082)","offer_id":43638118678679,"sku":"ED033082","price":229.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/814 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638117499031,"sku":"ED033080","price":228.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033087-excalibur-308308l-15-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594447"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-309l-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 309L Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 309L is a premium low-carbon E309L-16 stainless steel welding rod engineered for welding dissimilar metal joints between stainless steel and carbon or low-alloy steel, as well as for stainless steel overlay cladding on carbon steel substrates. With its overalloyed 22–25 Cr \/ 12–14 Ni chemistry and extra-low carbon (≤ 0.04 %), Excalibur 309L provides the dilution buffer needed to maintain a corrosion-resistant austenitic weld metal even when significant carbon-steel base metal is melted into the joint. It is the E309L-16 stainless welding rod specified in virtually every dissimilar stainless-to-carbon-steel procedure and stainless overlay application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Lincoln Excalibur 309L E309L-16 Welding Rod?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 309L is Lincoln Electric's E309L-16 SMAW electrode for dissimilar and overlay welding. The AWS designation E309L-16 means: \"E\" = electrode; \"309L\" = overalloyed 22-25 Cr \/ 12-14 Ni chemistry with low carbon (≤ 0.04 %); \"-16\" = rutile-basic flux with AC and DCEP operation in all positions. The 309 chemistry is intentionally richer in chromium and nickel than 308 or 316 — this over-alloying is deliberate: when you weld a 309L electrode across a dissimilar joint where carbon steel dilutes the pool, the excess Cr and Ni in the wire compensate for that dilution and maintain a final weld metal composition with adequate chromium for corrosion resistance and adequate nickel for austenite stability. Without this buffer, carbon-steel dilution into a 308-type filler would shift the weld metal into a martensitic or ferritic composition with poor corrosion resistance and potential for cracking. The \"L\" designation (≤ 0.04 % carbon) ensures that even multi-pass dissimilar welds and multiple overlay layers do not sensitize and corrode in service. Excalibur 309L is the workhorse of stainless clad vessel fabrication and dissimilar weld repair throughout chemical processing, nuclear, power generation, and offshore industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Specs — E309L-16 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE309L-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.04%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.0–25.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.0–14.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74,000 psi (510 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54,000 psi (372 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlux Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRutile-basic (-16)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC, DCEP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32, 1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for E309L-16 Stainless Welding Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissimilar welds: stainless steel to carbon steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — piping transitions, flanged connections, and structural stainless-to-carbon attachment welds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless overlay cladding on carbon steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrosion-resistant lining on the internal surfaces of carbon steel pressure vessels, tanks, and reactors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eButtering layer before welding 304\/316 stainless to carbon steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — E309L is applied as a buttering pass on the carbon steel side to create an austenitic transition layer before the final dissimilar joint weld.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair welding on stainless-clad pressure vessels\u003c\/strong\u003e — restoring cladding integrity on corroded or cracked stainless overlay on carbon steel shells.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-temperature dissimilar welds (up to 800 °F service)\u003c\/strong\u003e — 309L provides adequate oxidation resistance and stability for moderate-temperature dissimilar service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNuclear and power generation applications\u003c\/strong\u003e — E309L-16 is widely used for stainless-to-carbon dissimilar welds in nuclear island and balance-of-plant systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 309L — Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin wall, buttering passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70–115 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard dissimilar joints, overlay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–145 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-section overlay, fill passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy overlay and fill passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDilution control:\u003c\/strong\u003e For overlay applications, minimize penetration into the carbon steel base to reduce dilution. Use stringer beads at lower amperage rather than weave passes at higher amperage. Two layers of E309L overlay typically achieve the target final chemistry. Verify that the corrosion-critical top layer of a two-layer overlay system has acceptable chemistry by analytical check if required by the pressure vessel code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eButtering sequence:\u003c\/strong\u003e For dissimilar butt joints, butter the carbon steel side with one or two passes of E309L-16, then full joint welding with E308L-16 or E316L-16 (depending on the stainless base metal). This isolation prevents carbon-steel dilution from reaching the final weld metal composition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterpass temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep below 300 °F as for all austenitic stainless electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling for E309L-16 Stainless Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed container storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Original sealed Lincoln container in a dry area (below 70 % RH). Indefinite shelf life sealed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRe-drying:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300–350 °F for 1–2 hours if moisture-exposed. Do not exceed 400 °F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduction shops:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep opened canisters in 200–250 °F holding oven. Avoid storing near carbon-steel electrode ovens — iron-rich dust from other rods can contaminate stainless electrode coverings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDedicated tools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use stainless wire brushes only. Carbon contamination of stainless welds causes iron rusting and loss of passivity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types for E309L-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary base metal combinations for Excalibur 309L:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e304\/304L stainless to A36, A516, A335, SA-516 carbon and low-alloy steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e316\/316L stainless to carbon steel (first pass butter; complete with E316L-16)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e321, 347 stabilized stainless to carbon steel (E309L is preferred over E308L for dilution control)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClad vessel repair: stainless cladding to carbon steel shell\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use E309L-16 as the sole filler for Type 309 base metal to Type 309 base metal joints — use E309-16 or E309L-16 per the applicable WPS. For austenitic-to-duplex or austenitic-to-ferritic stainless transitions, consult Lincoln's filler metal selection guide for the appropriate grade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Excalibur 309L E309L-16 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why do I need an overalloyed 309L filler for stainless-to-carbon-steel joints?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWhen you arc-weld across a dissimilar joint, the base metals on both sides melt into the weld pool. Carbon steel dilutes the Cr-Ni content of a standard 308-type filler, potentially shifting the weld metal composition toward a martensitic or ferritic structure with poor corrosion resistance and risk of cold cracking. The over-alloyed 309L chemistry (22–25 Cr, 12–14 Ni) compensates for this dilution, maintaining a corrosion-resistant austenitic weld metal composition even with 30–40 % carbon steel dilution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many layers of E309L overlay do I need on carbon steel?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTwo layers minimum is the industry standard for ensuring the top surface of the overlay has adequate chemistry to meet Type 304 or 316 corrosion resistance requirements. The first layer is heavily diluted by the carbon steel base; the second layer is deposited on the first overlay, minimizing carbon steel dilution in the final surface. Some codes specify a minimum 3\/16 in finished overlay thickness and require chemical analysis of the surface layer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can E309L-16 be used to weld 309 stainless base metal to itself?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. E309L-16 is appropriate for 309 to 309 joints in ambient-temperature service. For high-temperature service above 1800 °F where 309 base metal's chromium oxide scale resistance is needed, verify with Lincoln's high-temperature stainless guide for the appropriate procedure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the role of buttering in dissimilar metal welding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nButtering applies a thin (1–2 pass) layer of 309L weld metal to the carbon steel side of the joint before the final assembly weld. After PWHT of the carbon steel (if required), the joint is completed with a stainless filler. Buttering prevents the PWHT thermal cycle from sensitizing the dissimilar weld metal and isolates the carbon steel heat treatment from the stainless side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What interpass temperature applies for E309L on carbon steel base metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nInterpass temperature is controlled by the more restrictive base metal requirement. For carbon-steel base metal, AWS D1.1 preheat requirements apply to the steel side. For the stainless side, keep below 300 °F as for all austenitic stainless welds. For dissimilar joints, the practical limit is usually controlled by the stainless steel: keep below 300 °F regardless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is E309L-16 approved for ASME Section IX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. E309L-16 is an F5 group filler metal under ASME Section IX QW-432 and is approved for use in procedure qualifications on carbon steel (P1), low-alloy (P4\/P5), and austenitic stainless (P8) base materials in dissimilar and overlay applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use E309L-16 instead of E309-16 to weld 309 stainless base metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, E309L-16 is preferred over E309-16 for any application where heat input is significant or where post-weld sensitization is a concern. The L-grade is always conservative relative to the standard grade for ambient-temperature service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why do I need overalloyed 309L for stainless-to-carbon-steel joints?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Carbon steel dilutes Cr-Ni content of standard 308-type filler, risking martensitic or ferritic weld metal. The 309L's 22-25% Cr and 12-14% Ni compensates for up to 30-40% carbon steel dilution while maintaining austenitic structure.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many overlay layers do I need with E309L?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Two layers minimum. The first layer is heavily diluted by carbon steel; the second layer achieves target corrosion-resistant chemistry. Most codes specify minimum 3\/16 in finished overlay thickness.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the role of buttering in dissimilar metal welding?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Buttering applies 1-2 layers of 309L to the carbon steel side before final assembly. It isolates any carbon-steel PWHT from the stainless side and prevents sensitization of the dissimilar weld metal.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is E309L-16 approved for ASME Section IX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. E309L-16 is F5 group filler per ASME Section IX QW-432, approved for P1, P4\/P5, and P8 base materials in dissimilar and overlay applications.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can E309L be used to weld 309 stainless to itself?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. E309L-16 is appropriate for 309 to 309 joints in ambient-temperature service. Verify for very high temperature applications where 309 base metal is specified for scale resistance.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What interpass temperature for E309L on carbon steel?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep below 300°F for the stainless side; apply AWS D1.1 preheat for the carbon steel side. For dissimilar joints, 300°F is the practical interpass limit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can E309L-16 replace E309-16?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. E309L-16 is preferred for any application with significant heat input or sensitization risk. It is always conservative relative to the standard grade for ambient-temperature service.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e309L Dissimilar Welding Technical Notes \u0026amp; Selection Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissimilar metal welding between stainless steel and carbon steel is one of the most technically demanding welding operations in process industry fabrication. The fundamental challenge is managing dilution: when the molten pool simultaneously melts both stainless steel (austenitic) and carbon steel (ferritic\/pearlitic), the resulting weld metal composition is a blend of both. If a standard 308L-type filler is used without compensation, carbon steel dilution shifts the weld metal out of the austenitic field into a duplex or martensitic microstructure — potentially brittle and certainly lacking the corrosion resistance needed for stainless service. Excalibur 309L's overalloyed chemistry (22–25% Cr, 12–14% Ni) is specifically designed to withstand 30–40% carbon steel dilution while remaining in the austenitic field on the Schaeffler or WRC-1992 constitution diagram. For engineers calculating expected dilution and predicting final weld metal composition, Lincoln provides Excalibur 309L's nominal deposit chemistry and a recommendation to consult the WRC-1992 diagram for specific dilution scenarios. Ferrite Number (FN) prediction from the diagram helps confirm that the final weld metal will have sufficient ferrite (FN 3–10) to resist hot cracking without excessive ferrite that would reduce toughness or corrosion resistance. The E309L-16 classification under AWS A5.4 ensures Lincoln's production chemistry control maintains this predictable behavior lot-to-lot.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033097)","offer_id":43638095577239,"sku":"ED033097","price":179.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033098)","offer_id":43638096265367,"sku":"ED033098","price":139.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED033100)","offer_id":43638097674391,"sku":"ED033100","price":122.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED033943)","offer_id":43639131668631,"sku":"ED033943","price":501.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638096396439,"sku":"ED033099","price":122.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED033101)","offer_id":43638098231447,"sku":"ED033101","price":211.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED033944)","offer_id":43639137599639,"sku":"ED033944","price":194.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (ED033095)","offer_id":43638092759191,"sku":"ED033095","price":200.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (ED033102)","offer_id":43638099214487,"sku":"ED033102","price":320.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638099804311,"sku":"ED033103","price":219.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033097-excalibur-309309l-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-3-8-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594688"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-310-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 310-16 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-310-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 310-16\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E310-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 80 ksi minimum tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 3 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 310-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE310-16 is an AWS A5.4 fully-austenitic stainless SMAW electrode with 80 ksi minimum tensile and ~26 Cr \/ 21 Ni chemistry, designed for welding 310, 310S, and other heat-resistant austenitic grades in furnace, kiln, and high-temperature service up to 2000  deg F. The high chromium and nickel content provides excellent oxidation resistance and resistance to sulfidation. -16 lime-titania coating runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E310-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 310-16 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131275415,"sku":"ED034993","price":225.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639137730711,"sku":"ED034994","price":240.45,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639137829015,"sku":"ED034995","price":274.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034993-excalibur-310-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720059"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-316l-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 316L Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 316L is a premium low-carbon E316L-16 stainless steel welding rod engineered for welding Type 316, 316L, and related molybdenum-bearing austenitic stainless steel base metals. With a controlled 2–3 % molybdenum addition in the weld metal and extra-low carbon (≤ 0.04 %), Excalibur 316L delivers superior resistance to intergranular corrosion and pitting in chloride-bearing, acidic, and seawater environments. It is the E316L-16 stainless welding rod of choice for chemical process equipment, pharmaceutical vessels, food processing piping, marine hardware, and coastal architectural stainless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Lincoln Excalibur 316L Stainless Welding Rod?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 316L is Lincoln Electric's quality-grade E316L-16 SMAW electrode for austenitic 300-series stainless steel welding. The AWS classification E316L-16 means: \"E\" = electrode; \"316L\" = weld metal composition matching the 316L grade (18 Cr \/ 12 Ni \/ 2-3 Mo, carbon ≤ 0.04 %); \"-16\" = rutile-basic flux covering with AC and DCEP compatibility. The \"L\" designation (low carbon) is critical — by limiting carbon to 0.04 % maximum in the weld metal, the risk of chromium carbide sensitization along the weld heat-affected zone is eliminated. Sensitization occurs when carbon precipitates as chromium carbides at grain boundaries between 800–1500 °F, depleting the HAZ of chromium and creating pathways for intergranular corrosion. Excalibur 316L's low-carbon chemistry prevents this failure mode, making it safe to use for multi-pass welds and thick-section joints without post-weld annealing. The 2–3 % Mo addition enhances pitting resistance in chloride environments beyond what standard 304 or 308L weld metal provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLincoln's Excalibur stainless rod line applies the same quality philosophy as the carbon-steel Excalibur 7018 series: premium flux chemistry, tight chemistry control, consistent coating concentricity, and DC-quality arc performance on both AC and DC machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Specs — E316L-16 Stainless Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE316L-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld Metal Carbon (max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.04%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld Metal Chromium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17–20%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld Metal Nickel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11–14%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeld Metal Molybdenum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0–3.0%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74,000 psi (510 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54,000 psi (372 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlux Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRutile-basic (-16 type)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC, DCEP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32, 1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 30 % elongation minimum reflects austenitic stainless weld metal ductility — significantly higher than carbon steel electrodes, providing toughness for thermal cycling service. Ferrite content (FN 4–12 typical) provides resistance to solidification hot cracking during rapid cooling of austenitic weld metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for E316L-16 Stainless Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType 316 and 316L stainless steel vessels, piping, and tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the primary base metal for E316L-16 weld metal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChemical process and pharmaceutical equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e — applications exposed to sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, and other corrosive media where Mo-bearing stainless is specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood processing piping and dairy equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e — 316L is specified by FDA and 3-A dairy standards for product-contact surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMarine and coastal hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e — propeller shafts, through-hulls, brackets, and railings where seawater chloride pitting resistance is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffshore oil and gas process equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e — heat exchangers, manifolds, and valve bodies in saline or CO2-bearing service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelding 316 to 316L or 316 to 304\/304L\u003c\/strong\u003e — E316L-16 is conservative (lower carbon than E316-16) and compatible with both grades and their dissimilar combination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 316L — Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Position\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThin pipe and sheet, root passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–115 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral fabrication, piping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–145 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium-wall vessels and tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-section fill passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInterpass temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep interpass temperature below 300 °F (150 °C) for stainless steel to prevent excessive grain growth, sigma phase precipitation risk, and sensitization in the HAZ. Stainless steel conducts heat poorly — allow adequate cooling between passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeat input control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the lowest practical amperage and travel speed that provides full fusion. Excessive heat input increases distortion and sensitization risk even with L-grade electrodes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBack-purge:\u003c\/strong\u003e For full-penetration pipe welds, back-purge with argon to prevent sugaring (oxidation) on the root ID. Stainless root surfaces must be bright silver — discolored or sugared roots are structurally compromised and prone to crevice corrosion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStainless-dedicated tools:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use stainless steel wire brushes (not carbon steel) for inter-pass cleaning. Carbon steel brush wires contaminate the stainless surface, creating embedded iron particles that rust and degrade corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling for E316L-16 Stainless Stick Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 316L is an -16 type (rutile-basic) electrode and is somewhat more moisture-sensitive than a plain rutile rod but less so than a strictly basic E316L-15 electrode. Storage guidance:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed container storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lincoln's sealed metal container maintains electrode condition indefinitely in a dry warehouse (below 70 % RH, 40–100 °F).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRe-drying:\u003c\/strong\u003e If exposed to moisture, dry at 300–350 °F (150–175 °C) for 1–2 hours before use. Avoid baking above 400 °F — risk of flux damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-use storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e For production environments, keep opened canisters in a 200–250 °F holding oven between uses if the shop is humid. Daily dry-out before first use is standard practice on high-purity stainless fabrication jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectrode handling:\u003c\/strong\u003e Never wipe stainless electrodes with carbon-steel contaminated gloves or rags. Contamination from iron particles causes surface rust on completed stainless welds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types for E316L-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrimary compatible base metals for Excalibur 316L:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eType 316, 316L austenitic stainless steel (UNS S31600, S31603)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eType 316Ti, 316Cb (stabilized variants — E316L-16 is compatible for most applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eType 316H (high carbon — use E316L-16 for welding to L-grade side; verify service requirements)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDissimilar welds: 316\/316L to 304\/304L, to 317L, or to carbon steel overlays (with appropriate buttering)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint types: all groove and fillet geometries. For pressure-containing joints on ASME code vessels, follow ASME Section IX procedure qualification requirements. PWHT is generally not required for austenitic stainless — in fact, PWHT in the sensitizing range (800–1500 °F) should be avoided with 316L weld metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Excalibur 316L E316L-16 Stainless Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between E316-16 and E316L-16?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe \"L\" designation indicates low carbon. E316-16 allows up to 0.08 % carbon in the weld metal; E316L-16 limits it to 0.04 %. The lower carbon in E316L-16 prevents chromium carbide sensitization, which is the precipitation of chromium carbides at grain boundaries after multi-pass welding or post-weld heat treatment in the 800–1500 °F range. Unless service specifically requires the higher strength of the non-L grade at elevated temperature, E316L-16 is the preferred specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use E316L-16 to weld Type 316 (non-L) base metal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. E316L-16 is conservative relative to 316 base metal carbon content. It is routinely used to weld both 316 and 316L base metals, and their combination. The lower carbon weld metal does not affect service performance in most applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is back-purging and why is it needed for stainless root passes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBack-purging means filling the inside of the pipe (or back side of the groove) with argon shielding gas to exclude oxygen during welding. Stainless steel root passes exposed to atmospheric oxygen oxidize (called \"sugaring\") and form a thick, porous chromium-depleted layer that has no corrosion resistance. Back-purge argon flow rate: 5–15 CFH; purity: 99.9 % Ar minimum. Confirm root appearance: bright silver = acceptable; discolored or granular = re-weld or purge improvement needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What interpass temperature do I use for 316L SMAW?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nKeep interpass temperature below 300 °F (150 °C). Stainless steel is a poor heat conductor; it retains heat longer than carbon steel. Use a contact pyrometer or temperature sticks to verify interpass temperature before each pass on production pipe or vessels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can E316L-16 be used on 317L stainless?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE316L-16 is acceptable for many 317L applications, but the 317L grade has 3–4 % Mo (vs. 2–3 % in 316L). For maximum corrosion resistance in the weld metal to match 317L service, use E317L-16. Consult Lincoln's filler metal selection guide or the applicable code for the specific application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power source do I need for Excalibur 316L?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAny CC (constant-current) DC or AC power source is compatible. DCEP is preferred for best arc performance. AC works adequately on -16 type electrodes. Engine-driven machines and inverters both work well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I prevent porosity in stainless SMAW welds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMain causes: (1) moisture in the flux — dry at 300 °F before use if exposed to humidity; (2) oil or grease on the base metal — degrease with acetone before welding; (3) sulfur contamination from marking chalk or machining lubricants — clean thoroughly; (4) excessively long arc — keep arc length tight, 1× electrode core diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between E316-16 and E316L-16?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"E316L-16 limits carbon to 0.04% vs 0.08% for E316-16. The lower carbon prevents chromium carbide sensitization after multi-pass welding. E316L-16 is preferred for most applications.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use E316L-16 on Type 316 non-L base metal?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. E316L-16 is conservative relative to 316 base metal and is routinely used to weld both 316 and 316L, and their combination.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is back-purging and why is it needed?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Back-purging fills the pipe interior with argon to prevent oxygen from oxidizing (sugaring) the stainless root. Flow rate 5-15 CFH at 99.9% Ar purity. Root must be bright silver to pass.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What interpass temperature for 316L SMAW?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep interpass temperature below 300°F (150°C). Stainless retains heat longer than carbon steel — verify with a contact pyrometer before each pass.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can E316L-16 be used on 317L stainless?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"E316L-16 works for many 317L applications but 317L has 3-4% Mo vs 2-3% in 316L weld metal. For maximum corrosion resistance matching 317L, use E317L-16.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I prevent porosity in stainless SMAW welds?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Dry electrodes at 300°F before use; degrease base metal with acetone; remove marking chalk and lubricants; keep arc length tight at 1x electrode core diameter.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power source do I need for E316L-16?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Any CC DC or AC power source. DCEP is preferred for best arc performance. Inverters and engine-driven machines both work well.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e316L Stainless Welding Rod Metallurgy \u0026amp; Technical Selection Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eType 316L stainless steel is the preferred material for chemical process equipment, pharmaceutical piping, marine hardware, and food processing systems because of its 2–3% molybdenum addition. Molybdenum shifts the critical pitting potential (Epit) of the passive oxide film to a more positive value, significantly increasing resistance to chloride-induced pitting and crevice corrosion. When welding 316L base metal, the filler metal must replicate this molybdenum content to maintain corrosion performance in the heat-affected zone and weld metal. Excalibur 316L ensures the deposited weld metal contains 2.0–3.0% Mo, matching the base metal specification. The -16 flux type (rutile-basic) in the E316L-16 designation ensures a stable, smooth arc on both AC and DCEP, with low porosity tendency and self-releasing slag suitable for flat, horizontal, vertical, and overhead positions. For applications requiring maximum pitting resistance (chloride concentrations above 1,000 ppm, elevated temperature seawater service, reducing acid service), specify E317L-16 weld metal instead — E317L has 3–4% Mo vs. 2–3% for E316L. For cost-sensitive general fabrication where 316 service conditions are moderate, Excalibur 316L provides reliable, code-compliant welding at an accessible price point. AWS A5.4 certifies all E316L-16 electrodes to specific chemistry limits, ensuring consistent corrosion performance across production lots.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033104)","offer_id":43638100525207,"sku":"ED033104","price":239.76,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033108)","offer_id":43638103900311,"sku":"ED033108","price":172.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (ED033110)","offer_id":43638105243799,"sku":"ED033110","price":196.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638101442711,"sku":"ED033105","price":225.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (ED033106)","offer_id":43638101901463,"sku":"ED033106","price":284.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (ED033112)","offer_id":43638106488983,"sku":"ED033112","price":172.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638107308183,"sku":"ED033113","price":286.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in","offer_id":43638103605399,"sku":"ED033107","price":284.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/814 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638105702551,"sku":"ED033111","price":183.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Standard","offer_id":43638104686743,"sku":"ED033109","price":168.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033104-excalibur-316316l-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594686"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-321-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 321-16 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-321-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 321-16\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E347-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 75 ksi minimum tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 3 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 321-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE347-16 is an AWS A5.4 niobium-stabilized austenitic stainless SMAW electrode with 75 ksi minimum tensile and ~19 Cr \/ 10 Ni \/ Nb chemistry, designed for welding 347, 321, and other niobium- or titanium-stabilized austenitic grades used in high-temperature service. The niobium addition prevents knife-line attack at sustained 800-1500  deg F service temperatures. The lime-titania (-16) coating delivers smooth arc and X-ray quality welds. Runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E347-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 321-16 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639137534103,"sku":"ED034996","price":272.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639137763479,"sku":"ED034997","price":244.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639137992855,"sku":"ED034998","price":613.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed034996-excalibur-312-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-18x14-in-10-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720032"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-330-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 330-16 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-330-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 330-16\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E330-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 85 ksi minimum tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 3 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 330-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE330-16 is an AWS A5.4 austenitic stainless SMAW electrode with 85 ksi minimum tensile and ~35 Ni \/ 15 Cr chemistry for high-temperature service. Used to weld 330-series stainless and similar heat-resistant alloys in furnace, heat-treating, and oxidation-resistant fabrication to ~2000 F. Rutile coating (-16) runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E330-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 330-16 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131308183,"sku":"ED035003","price":292.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138713751,"sku":"ED035004","price":525.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138746519,"sku":"ED035005","price":358.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035003-excalibur-330-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720059"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E347-15\/-16\/-17 SMAW stick electrode family with 75 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16\/-17), all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 4 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 347-16 is an AWS A5.4 E347-16 niobium-stabilized austenitic stainless SMAW electrode with 75 ksi minimum tensile, designed for welding 347, 321, and other niobium- or titanium-stabilized austenitic grades used in high-temperature service. The niobium addition ties up carbon and prevents intergranular corrosion (knife-line attack) at sustained 800-1500  deg F service temperatures. The lime-titania (-16) coating delivers smooth arc, easy slag removal, and X-ray quality welds. Runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E347-15\/-16\/-17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16\/-17), all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131799703,"sku":"ED035006","price":167.37,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138779287,"sku":"ED035007","price":231.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138844823,"sku":"ED035008","price":252.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43639139238039,"sku":"ED035009","price":231.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035006-excalibur-347-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-electrode-332-12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720059"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-385-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 385-16 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-385-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 385-16\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E385-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 75 ksi minimum tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 3 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 385-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE385-16 is an AWS A5.4 austenitic stainless SMAW electrode with 75 ksi minimum tensile and ~21 Cr \/ 25 Ni \/ 4.5 Mo \/ 1.5 Cu chemistry, designed for welding 904L (UNS N08904) and similar super-austenitic stainless steels used in concentrated sulfuric, phosphoric, and chloride-bearing acid service. The high molybdenum content delivers exceptional pitting and crevice corrosion resistance. -16 lime-titania coating runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E385-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 385-16 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131701399,"sku":"ED036502","price":281.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139041431,"sku":"ED035010","price":355.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb","offer_id":43639139172503,"sku":"ED035011","price":254.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed036502-excalibur-385-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720059"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-stick-smaw-welding-rod-1","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 410-16 Stainless Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-stick-smaw-welding-rod-1 | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 410-16 Stainless\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E410-15\/-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 75 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16), all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 3 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 410-16 Stainless\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 410-16 is an AWS A5.4 E410-16 martensitic stainless SMAW electrode with 75 ksi minimum tensile and ~12% Cr chemistry, designed for welding 410 and similar straight-chromium martensitic stainless grades and for corrosion-resistant overlay on carbon and low-alloy steels. The titania-lime coating delivers smooth, stable arc and easy slag removal. Preheat 400-600  deg F and post-weld heat treatment are required to prevent cracking. Runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E410-15\/-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16), all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 410-16 Stainless from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138812055,"sku":"ED035012","price":170.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138877591,"sku":"ED035013","price":131.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139139735,"sku":"ED035014","price":131.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035012-excalibur-410-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-18-14-in-10-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720031"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-410nimo-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 410NiMo Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-410nimo-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 410NiMo\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E410NiMo-15\/-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 110 ksi minimum tensile and DC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16), all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 3 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 410NiMo\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE410NiMo is an AWS A5.4 modified martensitic stainless SMAW electrode with 110 ksi minimum tensile and a Ni-Mo addition that lowers martensite-start temperature, improving weldability and reducing cracking risk vs straight E410. Standard choice for hydroelectric turbine repair, large pump shafts, and CA6NM cast martensitic stainless components. Runs DC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16) in all positions; controlled preheat and PWHT typically specified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E410NiMo-15\/-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 ksi minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ (-15) or AC\/DC+ (-16), all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 410NiMo from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138910359,"sku":"ED035015","price":203.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138943127,"sku":"ED035016","price":226.88,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639138975895,"sku":"ED035018","price":529.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035015-excalibur-410nimo-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-18-14-in-10-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720031"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-630-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 630-16 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 Template A parent body | handle lincoln-excalibur-630-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod | bulk render --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-pdp-intro\"\u003e\n  \u003cp class=\"lead\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 630-16\u003c\/strong\u003e is an AWS A5.4\/A5.4M E630-16 SMAW stick electrode family with 135 ksi minimum (post-aging) tensile and AC or DC+, all positions operation. WeldingMart stocks 4 package and diameter variants of this grade, all sharing the same AWS classification - select the diameter and package format that fits your application below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-grade-summary\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eAbout Lincoln Excalibur 630-16\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE630-16 is an AWS A5.4 precipitation-hardening stainless SMAW electrode with 135 ksi minimum post-aging tensile and ~16.5 Cr \/ 4.75 Ni \/ 3.4 Cu chemistry (matching 17-4 PH \/ UNS S17400). Designed for welding 17-4 PH and similar martensitic precipitation-hardening stainless grades used in aerospace, valve, and pump components where high strength plus corrosion resistance is required. Post-weld solution treatment (1900  deg F) and aging (H900-H1150) are required to reach full mechanical properties. Runs on AC or DC+ in all positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-spec-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.4\/A5.4M E630-16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 ksi minimum (post-aging)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity \/ position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC or DC+, all positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in through 1\/4 in (varies by package)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePackage formats\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003esee size variants below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"parent-buy-confidence\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eWhy buy Lincoln Excalibur 630-16 from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand-authorized distributor\u003c\/strong\u003e - factory-fresh stock, full warranty pass-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eMultiple diameter and package variants in stock - select the SKU below that matches your job\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003eUS warehouse fulfillment, 1 business day ship time\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e30-day returns on unopened cartons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639131898007,"sku":"ED035019","price":151.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139008663,"sku":"ED035020","price":224.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139336343,"sku":"ED035021","price":181.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43639139074199,"sku":"ED035022","price":181.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed035019-excalibur-630-16-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-8-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric-1.jpg?v=1760720033"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-7018-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 7018 MR Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- PER-161 v1 parent body — auto-rendered from grade card lincoln-excalibur-7018-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod on 2026-05-20 --\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 MR Low-Hydrogen Stick Electrode\u003c\/strong\u003e is a low-hydrogen iron-powder basic-coated moisture-resistant SMAW electrode classified to \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is engineered for code-quality fabrication on mild and low-alloy steels where diffusible hydrogen control, excellent puddle visibility, and superior out-of-position operability are required — making it a benchmark choice for power generation, petrochemical, and structural work. The H4R designation, combined with Lincoln Electric's proprietary moisture-resistant coating technology, delivers up to 60% less moisture pickup versus competitive E7018 electrodes, reducing the risk of hydrogen-induced cracking in demanding field and shop environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"per161-tldr\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eKey takeaways\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassification:\u003c\/strong\u003e AWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBest for:\u003c\/strong\u003e All-position low-hydrogen welding on mild steel and low-alloy steel in structural, pressure vessel, and process piping applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e DC+ or AC\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePositions:\u003c\/strong\u003e All positions except vertical down\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable diameters:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, 5\/32 in, 3\/16 in, 7\/32 in, 1\/4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAWS Classification: \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoating: Low-hydrogen iron-powder basic (lime-fluoride) coating with moisture-resistant H4R designation; formulated to resist moisture pickup up to 60% better than competitive E7018 electrodes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePolarity: DC reverse polarity (DCEP\/electrode positive) preferred for optimum arc stability; AC is also acceptable on machines with adequate open-circuit voltage; Lincoln publishes slightly higher AC amperage ranges than DC+ ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWelding positions: All positions including vertical-up and overhead, except vertical down; larger diameters (3\/16 in and above) recommended for flat and horizontal positions only\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHydrogen designator: H4R (≤4 mL H₂\/100 g deposited weld metal; moisture-resistant coating — 60% less moisture pickup vs. competition)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical amperage: 70–110 A DC+ \/ 80–120 A AC (3\/32 in); 90–160 A DC+ \/ 100–160 A AC (1\/8 in); 130–210 A DC+ \/ 140–210 A AC (5\/32 in); 180–300 A DC+ \/ 200–300 A AC (3\/16 in); 250–330 A DC+ \/ 270–370 A AC (7\/32 in); 300–400 A DC+ \/ 325–420 A AC (1\/4 in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCharpy V-notch impact: 27 J (20 ft·lbf) min @ -29 °C (-20 °F) per AWS E7018 H4R; typical 121–332 J (89–246 ft·lbf) @ -29 °C (-20 °F)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvailable diameters: 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, 5\/32 in, 3\/16 in, 7\/32 in, 1\/4 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack sizes: 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack), 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack), 50 lb Easy Open Can, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable variants \u0026amp; part numbers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"per161-variants\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033940\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED032588\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED028280\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033868\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED032589\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033838\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033869\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED028281\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033839\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED032590\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED028282\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033870\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED028283\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED033871\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED034307\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED038367\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 lb Easy Open Can\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eED038368\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR is purpose-built for code-driven all-position welding on mild and low-alloy steels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStructural steel fabrication and erection (AWS D1.1 code work)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePressure vessel fabrication and repair (ASME Section VIII)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePower generation equipment and boiler components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePressure piping and pipefitting (ASME B31.1 \/ B31.3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePetrochemical plant construction and maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShipbuilding and marine structural assemblies\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGeneral mild steel fabrication requiring low-hydrogen deposits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to use Excalibur 7018 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore unopened cans in a clean, dry area; once opened, hold rods in a heated rod oven at 250–300°F until use to maintain H4R diffusible hydrogen levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIf electrodes have been exposed to atmosphere for more than a few hours after opening, recondition by baking at 500–550°F for 1 hour before use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSet the welding machine to DC+ (electrode positive) for best arc stability and weld quality; AC is acceptable on smaller machines — use the AC amperage range in that case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSelect amperage within the published range for the diameter in use: 70–110 A DC+ for 3\/32 in, 90–160 A DC+ for 1\/8 in, 130–210 A DC+ for 5\/32 in; for out-of-position work, dial to the lower one-third of the range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStrike the arc with a brief tap-and-drag; maintain a short arc length (approximately equal to the electrode diameter) to minimize hydrogen pickup and spatter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse stringer beads or narrow weaves; limit weave width to 2–3× electrode diameter — the Excalibur 7018 MR's square coating burn-off and self-peeling slag facilitate clean multi-pass runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow each pass to cool to interpass temperature (≤300°F unless the WPS specifies otherwise); remove slag completely between passes; return unused rods to the heated oven after welding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR vs related grades\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to standard E6013 (rutile, mild steel), E7018 delivers approximately 10 ksi higher tensile strength and far lower diffusible hydrogen — making it mandatory for crack-sensitive, code-governed work where E6013 is inadequate. Compared to E7018-1 H4R (the tougher sibling with Charpy requirement at -46°C vs. E7018's -29°C), the standard 7018 MR is the more economical choice for applications that do not require assured toughness at temperatures below -20°F. Stepping up to E8018-C3 or E9018-M adds low-alloy or Ni-Mo alloying for higher tensile strength and better low-temperature toughness on alloy steels, but neither is needed for mild steel work where Excalibur 7018 MR provides the optimal balance of performance, operability, and value.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"per161-faq-item\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eWhat is the AWS classification of Lincoln Excalibur 7018 MR?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe Excalibur 7018 MR is classified AWS A5.1\/A5.1M E7018 H4R — a mild steel, low-hydrogen iron-powder electrode with a moisture-resistant coating that limits diffusible hydrogen to ≤4 mL per 100 g of deposited weld metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"per161-faq-item\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eCan Excalibur 7018 MR run on AC or DC?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eYes — it runs on both DC+ (electrode positive) and AC. DC+ is preferred for the smoothest arc and best mechanical properties. On AC, use the slightly higher amperage ranges published by Lincoln (e.g., 80–120 A AC vs. 70–110 A DC+ for 3\/32 in diameter).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"per161-faq-item\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eWhat does the MR (Moisture Resistant) designation mean?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eMR indicates the coating is specially formulated to resist moisture reabsorption from the atmosphere. Lincoln Electric's Excalibur 7018 MR picks up 60% less moisture than competitive E7018 electrodes, reducing the risk of hydrogen-induced cold cracking — especially important in humid or outdoor environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"per161-faq-item\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eDo I need to bake or recondition these electrodes before use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eUnopened cans do not require baking if stored properly in a dry location. Once opened, hold rods in a heated rod oven at 250–300°F. If rods have been out of the oven for an extended period, recondition at 500–550°F for 1 hour to restore H4R hydrogen levels before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"per161-faq-item\"\u003e\n  \u003csummary\u003eWhat positions can I weld in with Excalibur 7018 MR?\u003c\/summary\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAll positions except vertical down — including flat, horizontal, vertical-up, and overhead. For out-of-position work, set amperage to the lower portion of the published range for the diameter. Note that the larger diameters (3\/16 in and above) are best suited for flat and horizontal positions only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/details\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eShop \u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018 MR Low-Hydrogen Stick Electrode\u003c\/strong\u003e at WeldingMart.com — competitive pricing, fast shipping, and the largest in-stock selection of Lincoln Electric SMAW consumables. Backed by Lincoln Electric's Q2 Lot® quality system — with actual deposit chemistry and mechanical test results available online — and the Excalibur brand's decades of proven performance as the industry's benchmark low-hydrogen stick electrode for structural, pressure vessel, and process piping applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"per161-internal-links\" aria-label=\"Related stick electrodes\"\u003e\n  \u003ch3\u003eRelated stick electrodes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003estick welding electrodes\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/harris-e7018-mild-steel-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eHarris E7018\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-7018-ac-rsp-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003e7018-AC RSP\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n        \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-7018-ac-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eLincoln 7018-AC\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638098362519,"sku":"ED033940","price":198.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638111043735,"sku":"ED032588","price":167.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638082961559,"sku":"ED028280","price":244.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)","offer_id":43638112485527,"sku":"ED033868","price":308.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED032589)","offer_id":43638112354455,"sku":"ED032589","price":167.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED033838)","offer_id":43638098428055,"sku":"ED033838","price":229.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)","offer_id":43638112649367,"sku":"ED033869","price":287.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":47611296383127,"sku":"ED028281","price":236.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED033839)","offer_id":43638099017879,"sku":"ED033839","price":242.08,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack) (ED032590)","offer_id":43638113599639,"sku":"ED032590","price":167.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED028282)","offer_id":43638084599959,"sku":"ED028282","price":236.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED033870)","offer_id":43638114713751,"sku":"ED033870","price":287.39,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED028283)","offer_id":43638085681303,"sku":"ED028283","price":240.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (Buy America)","offer_id":43638115434647,"sku":"ED033871","price":329.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED034307)","offer_id":43638120972439,"sku":"ED034307","price":230.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED038367)","offer_id":47647590875287,"sku":"ED038367","price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":47647590908055,"sku":"ED038368","price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed033940-excalibur-7018-mr-n-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-14-in-3-8-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594687"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-7018-a1-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR — What Is E7018-A1?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR\u003c\/strong\u003e is an \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E7018-A1 H4R\u003c\/strong\u003e iron powder\/low-hydrogen SMAW electrode for welding carbon-molybdenum (C-Mo) low-alloy steels on \u003cstrong\u003eDC+ (DCEP)\u003c\/strong\u003e in all positions. The \"-A1\" classification designates a 0.5% molybdenum alloyed deposit — the key distinction from standard E7018 (AWS A5.1). The 0.5 Mo addition shifts Excalibur 7018-A1 from an AWS A5.1 carbon steel electrode into the AWS A5.5 low-alloy category, providing enhanced tensile strength, creep resistance, and elevated-temperature properties needed for P-No. 3 Group 1 materials (1\/2 Mo steel, ASTM A204), pressure vessel steels (A302 Grade A), and applications that operate at temperatures above the carbon steel service range. The H4R designation confirms hydrogen control to ≤4 mL\/100g and moisture-resistant coating for extended out-of-oven storage in field environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ctable style=\"min-width: 50px\"\u003e\n\u003ccolgroup\u003e\n\u003ccol style=\"min-width: 25px\"\u003e\n\u003ccol style=\"min-width: 25px\"\u003e\n\u003c\/colgroup\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E7018-A1 H4R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoating type\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eIron powder \/ low-hydrogen (moisture-resistant)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003ePolarity\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eDC+ (DCEP) — do not use AC\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWelding positions\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll positions: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeld metal Mo content\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e~0.5% Mo (nominal)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMin tensile strength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e70,000 psi (483 MPa)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMin yield strength\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e57,000 psi (393 MPa)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eElongation\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e22% minimum\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMax diffusible hydrogen\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e≤4 mL\/100g (H4 designation)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoisture resistance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eR designation — extended out-of-oven exposure allowed per AWS D1.1\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eCharpy V-notch impact\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003ePer AWS A5.5 requirements\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eTypical current range\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e3\/32 in: 70–100 A | 1\/8 in: 90–150 A | 5\/32 in: 120–200 A\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Electric\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eStandards compliance\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd colspan=\"1\" rowspan=\"1\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E7018-A1 H4R\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eP-No. 3 Group 1 pressure vessels (1\/2 Mo steel):\u003c\/strong\u003e ASTM A204 Grades A, B, C — the primary low-alloy 0.5 Mo material requiring E7018-A1 matched filler for ASME Section I and Section VIII vessels\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon-molybdenum piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASTM A335 Grade P1 (0.5 Mo chrome-moly piping) in power generation, refining, and petrochemical facilities where operating temperatures exceed mild steel service range\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElevated temperature service (up to ~900°F \/ 480°C):\u003c\/strong\u003e Applications where creep resistance and 0.5 Mo alloying are required to maintain weld joint integrity at operating temperatures above the E7018 (carbon steel) service ceiling\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower generation low-alloy steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turbine casings, valve bodies, and pipe connections fabricated from A204, A302 Grade A, or P1 chrome-moly materials\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eH4R field welding where extended rod storage is needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e The moisture-resistant coating allows significantly longer out-of-oven exposure than standard E7018 — ideal for remote field sites and pipeline field welding where holding oven availability is limited\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 7018-A1 MR (Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Position)\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolarity:\u003c\/strong\u003e DC+ (DCEP) ONLY — the A5.5 low-alloy designation does not permit AC operation. Use a DC welding machine. Do not attempt to run E7018-A1 on AC.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmperage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/8 in: 90–150 A. Same range as Excalibur 7018 MR. Use mid-range (100–130 A) for multi-pass structural work; higher end for flat and horizontal fill passes on thick material; lower end for vertical and overhead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreheat and interpass temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Follow the applicable code preheat table for P-No. 3 material — typically 200–300°F (93–149°C) preheat for A204 and similar 0.5 Mo steels depending on section thickness and carbon equivalent. Interpass temperature control is critical for maintaining mechanical properties in low-alloy deposits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost-weld heat treatment (PWHT):\u003c\/strong\u003e Per ASME Section VIII and applicable code, P-No. 3 materials typically require PWHT at 1100–1200°F (593–649°C) to reduce residual stress and improve toughness in the low-alloy weld deposit. Follow the applicable code and WPS for hold time and cooling rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eArc length:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short arc length critical for H4 hydrogen control — same discipline as E7018 MR. Tight arc minimizes atmospheric hydrogen pickup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOut-of-oven time:\u003c\/strong\u003e H4R designation allows extended out-of-oven exposure (9 hours at temperatures up to 80°F per AWS D1.1 Table 4.5) compared to standard E7018. For code work, confirm the specific rod exposure limits in the applicable standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eR (moisture-resistant) coating advantage:\u003c\/strong\u003e The MR designation provides substantially longer out-of-oven exposure compared to standard E7018 — per AWS D1.1, H4R electrodes are allowed significantly extended time-out limits before redrying is required\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in sealed original packaging at ambient temperature before opening\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce opened, store in a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C) for code-critical applications; moisture-resistant coating allows longer out-of-oven exposure for general work\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor redrying: 500–800°F (260–427°C) for 1–2 hours; do not exceed manufacturer's redry temperature\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003eNever mix with standard E7018 — the A5.5 low-alloy classification is critical for matching base metal requirements\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatched 0.5 Mo steels:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASTM A204 Gr. A\/B\/C (Mo-alloyed pressure vessel plate), A302 Gr. A (Mn-Mo plate), A335 P1 piping, A234 WP1 fittings\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAlso used for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Joining P-No. 3 to P-No. 1 (carbon steel) when transitional weld metal provides sufficient tensile and toughness properties for the design\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot for Cr-Mo steels:\u003c\/strong\u003e E7018-A1 is 0.5% Mo only, no chromium — for 1¼ Cr-½ Mo steel (P22), use E8018-B2; for 2¼ Cr-1 Mo (P22), use E9018-B3; for Grade 91 (9Cr-1Mo-V), use the appropriate Chromet electrode\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eJoint types:\u003c\/strong\u003e All groove configurations and fillet welds per ASME Section IX and AWS D1.1 with appropriate WPS documentation for low-alloy materials\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is E7018-A1 welding rod used for?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR is used for welding 0.5% molybdenum low-alloy steels — primarily ASTM A204 pressure vessel plate, A335 P1 piping, and P-No. 3 Group 1 materials in power generation, refining, and petrochemical applications where elevated-temperature creep resistance is required. The 0.5 Mo deposit exceeds plain carbon steel electrode capability for service above ~800°F.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is the difference between E7018 and E7018-A1?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eE7018 (AWS A5.1) is a carbon steel electrode with no alloying elements. E7018-A1 (AWS A5.5) contains 0.5% molybdenum in the weld deposit — this molybdenum addition improves elevated-temperature tensile strength, creep resistance, and matches the composition of 0.5 Mo low-alloy base metals. The practical difference: use E7018 for carbon steel A36\/A572 structural work; use E7018-A1 for ASTM A204 and P-No. 3 pressure vessel and piping work that requires matched filler metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDoes E7018-A1 require preheat?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor most ASTM A204 and A335 P1 0.5 Mo steel applications, preheat in the range of 200–300°F (93–149°C) is required depending on section thickness and carbon equivalent. Follow the applicable code (ASME Section VIII, ASME B31.1\/B31.3, AWS D1.1) and the qualified WPS for your specific base material and joint design. Preheat for low-alloy steels is more demanding than for carbon steel due to increased hardenability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat is H4R on an electrode?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eH4 means the electrode is certified to ≤4 mL diffusible hydrogen per 100g of weld metal — the most demanding hydrogen control level in AWS A5.1\/A5.5. R (moisture-resistant) means the electrode coating has been tested to maintain its low-hydrogen performance after extended atmospheric exposure (per AWS A4.3). H4R electrodes provide maximum hydrogen control combined with moisture resistance — critical for fracture-critical structural, pressure vessel, and pipeline applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCan E7018-A1 be used instead of E7018 on carbon steel?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — E7018-A1 can be used on carbon steel and will produce a weld with adequate mechanical properties for most A36\/A572 structural applications. The 0.5 Mo deposit on carbon steel does not cause problems. However, E7018-A1 (A5.5) costs more than E7018 (A5.1) and the Mo alloying provides no benefit on carbon steel — use standard E7018 for carbon steel work and reserve E7018-A1 for applications where 0.5 Mo filler is required by the WPS or code.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDoes E7018-A1 require PWHT?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor code work on P-No. 3 materials (A204, P1 pipe), PWHT is typically required per ASME Section VIII and ASME B31.1\/B31.3 at 1100–1200°F (593–649°C). For AWS D1.1 structural applications, PWHT requirements depend on base material, thickness, and the WPS. Always follow the applicable code and qualified WPS — PWHT on low-alloy steel is not optional for most code applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhat Excalibur electrode should I use for 2¼ Cr-1 Mo steel (P22)?\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor P22 (ASTM A387 Grade 22, A335 P22 — 2¼ Cr-1 Mo steel), use Lincoln Excalibur 9018-B3 MR (AWS E9018-B3 H4R), not E7018-A1. The B3 designation provides the matched 2.25% Cr and 1% Mo composition required for P22 base metals. E7018-A1's 0.5 Mo without chromium is not appropriate for P22 applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse all stick electrodes:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003eStick Welding Electrodes \u0026amp; Rods\u003c\/a\u003e — see also \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-7018-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eExcalibur 7018 MR\u003c\/a\u003e for standard carbon steel structural work, or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-9018-b3-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eExcalibur 9018-B3 MR\u003c\/a\u003e for 2¼ Cr-1 Mo (P22) alloy steel applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOrdering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR from WeldingMart\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Lincoln Electric product ships from WeldingMart — add Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR to your cart and place your order. We stock the Excalibur 7018-A1 MR for power generation, boiler, and pressure vessel fabricators who depend on this electrode for PWHT applications. Create a WeldingMart account to manage your order history and reorder this product quickly for ongoing project needs. In-stock Excalibur 7018-A1 orders ship same day. Select your preferred diameter and package configuration from the variant picker before adding to cart. Questions about this product before you order? Contact our welding application specialists for technical guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Reference \u0026amp; Welding Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting stick electrodes, welders should reference the relevant welding standard and process documentation. Key technical considerations include tubing. Always consult the electrode manufacturer's data sheet and applicable AWS, ASME, or structural welding codes for your specific application. WeldingMart provides technical resources to support your electrode selection and welding process qualification.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Reference \u0026amp; Welding Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting stick electrodes, welders should reference the relevant welding standard and process documentation. Key technical considerations include tubing. Always consult the electrode manufacturer's data sheet and applicable AWS, ASME, or structural welding codes for your specific application. WeldingMart provides technical resources to support your electrode selection and welding process qualification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in to 3\/8 in (3.2–9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in to 1\/2 in (4.8–12.7 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat\/horizontal preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR include: e7018 a1, stick electrode, 7018 a1, rods, e7018 a1 h4r, a1 h4r, low hydrogen, low alloy, diameters, buy, welding, electrode. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in to 3\/8 in (3.2–9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in to 1\/2 in (4.8–12.7 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat\/horizontal preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR include: e7018 a1, stick electrode, 7018 a1, rods, e7018 a1 h4r, low hydrogen, low alloy, a1 h4r, buy, diameters, welding rod, ac. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-diameter-guide\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eDiameter Selection Guide for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR is available in multiple electrode diameters. Selecting the correct diameter for your base metal thickness is critical for weld quality and penetration depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"diameter-table\"\u003e\n    \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElectrode Diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Metal Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest Position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3\/32 in (2.4 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in to 1\/4 in (2.4–6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40–80 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1\/8 in (3.2 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in to 3\/8 in (3.2–9.5 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–130 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\/32 in (4.0 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in to 1\/2 in (4.8–12.7 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–175 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat\/horizontal preferred\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eThe 1\/8 in (3.2 mm) diameter is the most versatile option for general fabrication on material from 3\/16 in to 3\/8 in thickness. Use 3\/32 in for sheet metal and thin sections where 1\/8 in would cause excessive heat input. Use 5\/32 in for heavier sections where higher deposition rates reduce total welding time. For most structural repair and field work, 1\/8 in is the preferred starting diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eWhen ordering Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR in 3\/32 in, 1\/8 in, or 5\/32 in, select the correct diameter variant from the product page before adding to cart. Each diameter is a separate product variant with its own SKU — confirm you have selected the right 1\/8 in, 3\/32 in, or 5\/32 in size before placing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technical-supplement\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data and Welding Process Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eAdditional technical considerations for Lincoln Excalibur 7018-A1 MR include: e7018 a1, stick electrode, 7018 a1, rods, e7018 a1 h4r, low hydrogen, low alloy, buy, welding rod, a1 h4r, pressure vessels, ideal. Welders should review the product data sheet for complete welding procedure specifications. Key process parameters such as preheat requirements, interpass temperature, and post-weld heat treatment requirements vary by base metal composition and application code requirements. Consult AWS, ASME, or applicable structural welding codes for code-compliant welding procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eFor best results, store electrodes in a dry environment and use within manufacturer recommended timeframes after opening. Proper electrode storage and handling directly impacts weld quality — follow manufacturer guidance for oven temperatures and rod reconditioning procedures as applicable to this electrode classification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in, 8 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638099968151,"sku":"ED032893","price":198.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in, 25 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638090039447,"sku":"ED032875","price":187.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 10 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638089056407,"sku":"ED032873","price":240.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638090596503,"sku":"ED032876","price":351.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in, 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638091776151,"sku":"ED032877","price":357.11,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed032893-excalibur-7018-a1-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-3-8-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594687"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-7028-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 7028 Stick SMAW Welding Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 7028 is a high-deposition low-hydrogen E7028 welding rod designed for maximum productivity flat and horizontal fillet welds on mild carbon steel. The E7028 classification features a heavy iron-powder, low-hydrogen flux covering that delivers the highest deposition efficiency of any AWS A5.1 electrode — up to 145 % deposition efficiency — making Excalibur 7028 the preferred E7028 welding rod for high-volume flat and horizontal welding production on structural steel fabrication lines, offshore platform construction, and pressure vessel shops where fillet weld volume is critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Lincoln Excalibur 7028 E7028 Welding Rod?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 7028 is Lincoln Electric's high-productivity E7028 low-hydrogen iron-powder SMAW electrode. The AWS classification E7028 decodes as: \"E\" = electrode; \"70\" = 72,000 psi minimum tensile strength; \"2\" = flat and horizontal fillet positions only (not all-position); \"8\" = low-hydrogen iron-powder flux covering, DCEP or AC. The position limitation to flat (F) and horizontal (H) fillet is deliberate: E7028 carries significantly more iron powder in its flux coating than E7018 — this thick covering with high iron-powder loading produces extremely fast deposition rates and a very wide, flat bead profile, but the thick slag must freeze flat. Running E7028 in vertical or overhead positions is not possible — the flux geometry and slag fluidity prevent it. This is the fundamental trade-off: you exchange positional flexibility for maximum deposition rate in flat and horizontal work. For production shops where 80–90 % of welding is flat or horizontal fillet welds, this trade-off is highly favorable. Excalibur 7028 carries Lincoln's H4R hydrogen designation — diffusible hydrogen ≤ 4 mL\/100g — providing the same hydrogen control as E7018-H4R in a dramatically more productive flat\/horizontal electrode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Specs — E7028 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE7028\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.1\/A5.1M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH-Designation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH4R (≤ 4 mL\/100g diffusible H2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72,000 psi (496 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60,000 psi (414 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation (min.)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeposition Efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~145% (highest in AWS A5.1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlux Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-hydrogen iron-powder (heavy coating)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAC, DCEP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat (1F) and Horizontal Fillet (2F) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16, 7\/32, 1\/4 in (large diameters typical)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eE7028 is rated at 22 % elongation — higher than E7018 at 22 % but both reflect good ductility from the low-hydrogen iron-powder chemistry. The H4R designation is critical: unlike non-low-hydrogen rods (E6013, E7014), E7028 must be stored in a 250–300 °F holding oven after the container is opened to maintain ≤ 4 mL\/100g diffusible hydrogen. This storage requirement is identical to E7018 and E8018 low-hydrogen rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for E7028 Welding Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-volume flat fillet welds on structural steel fabrication lines\u003c\/strong\u003e — connecting beam flanges, gussets, base plates, and stiffeners where F and H positions dominate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOffshore oil and gas platform jackets and topsides\u003c\/strong\u003e — massive fillet weld volumes on tubular and plate structures welded in flat position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure vessel and heat exchanger shell welds\u003c\/strong\u003e — circumferential seam welds in the flat position on vessel rotating positioners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBridge fabrication shop welds\u003c\/strong\u003e — high-volume fillet welds on girder flanges and web-to-flange connections in positioner-assisted flat position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy machinery and crane fabrication\u003c\/strong\u003e — fillet welds on structural frames and booms where flat-position fixturing is practical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProduction shops that use weld positioners\u003c\/strong\u003e — E7028 is most productive when work is rotated to flat or horizontal using jigs and positioners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 7028 — Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; Flat\/H Position Technique\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage Range (DCEP)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Deposition Rate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in (4.8 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e225–310 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~10 lb\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\/32 in (5.6 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e280–375 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~13 lb\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in (6.4 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e350–450 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~16 lb\/hr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlat fillet technique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hold electrode at 45° bisecting angle to the joint, 0–15° drag angle. Use straight travel with no weave — the wide iron-powder arc fills the joint without weaving. Keep arc length short (1× core or less) to maintain maximum deposition and minimum spatter. The self-releasing slag lifts clean on flat surfaces for fast production pace.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHorizontal fillet:\u003c\/strong\u003e Angle slightly toward the vertical plate (50–55° from horizontal) to prevent sagging of the weld metal. Travel speed controls leg size — faster travel for smaller legs, slower for larger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow-hydrogen oven protocol:\u003c\/strong\u003e E7028 is a low-hydrogen electrode. Opened containers must be kept in a 250–300 °F holding oven. Do not leave E7028 electrodes on the shop floor or in the electrode holder between passes for extended periods in humid environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling for E7028 Iron-Powder Low-Hydrogen Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eE7028 requires the same storage protocol as E7018 low-hydrogen electrodes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed containers:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lincoln's hermetically sealed canisters maintain H4R condition in storage. Use from sealed can within 4–9 hours of opening in ambient conditions per AWS D1.1 Table 4.7 holding limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding oven required:\u003c\/strong\u003e Once opened, keep E7028 in a 250–300 °F holding oven between uses. This is mandatory for H4R compliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRe-drying if needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e If exposed to moisture, dry at 700–800 °F for 1 hour (same as E7018 redrying per AWS D1.1). This is a high temperature dry — do not confuse with the 250 °F reconditioning used for non-low-hydrogen rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTracking exposure time:\u003c\/strong\u003e For code-required H4R welds, track the cumulative time electrodes have been outside the oven. AWS D1.1 limits exposure time per classification and environment humidity before mandatory redrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types for E7028\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eE7028 is suitable for mild steel and low-alloy carbon steel:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A36, A572 Grades 42–65\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A516 Grades 55–70 (pressure vessel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A709 Grade 50 (bridge plate)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAPI 2W Grade 50 offshore plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eE7028 is used exclusively for flat and horizontal fillet and lap joints, horizontal groove welds, and flat position butt joints. It is not used for any vertical, overhead, or pipe welding position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Excalibur 7028 E7028 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why is E7028 limited to flat and horizontal positions only?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE7028 uses a very heavy iron-powder flux coating that produces a thick, fluid slag. This slag must freeze flat to prevent rundown. In vertical or overhead positions, the fluid slag would run out of the joint before the weld metal freezes, causing severe defects. E7018, with a thinner iron-powder coating and faster-freezing slag, is the appropriate choice for all-position low-hydrogen welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is deposition efficiency and why does it matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDeposition efficiency is the percentage of electrode weight (excluding stub loss) that is deposited as weld metal. E7018 achieves ~115 % (with iron powder adding weight); E7028 achieves ~145 %. On a shop welding 1,000 lb of weld metal per week, E7028 reduces electrode consumption by roughly 20 % compared to E7018 for the same weld volume — significant cost savings in production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I store E7028 to maintain the H4R rating?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nKeep in a 250–300 °F holding oven once the sealed container is opened. Never leave E7028 on the shop floor overnight. AWS D1.1 Table 4.7 permits limited exposure time outside the oven (2–4 hours depending on environment humidity) before mandatory redrying at 700–800 °F for 1 hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use E7028 for structural welding per AWS D1.1?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. E7028 H4R is listed in AWS D1.1 Table 4.5 as an approved filler for prequalified WPS and meets the Low Hydrogen requirement for Category F and H weld positions. It is fully approved for structural welding in flat and horizontal positions. For all-position structural work, use E7018.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the largest single-pass fillet weld I can make with E7028?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith 7\/32 in or 1\/4 in E7028, a single flat pass can make a 3\/8 in to 1\/2 in leg fillet weld. For legs over 1\/2 in, multiple passes are required. E7028's high deposition rate means each pass deposits maximum weld metal per arc-on time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is E7028 better than SAW (submerged arc) for flat fillet welds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSAW (submerged arc welding) achieves higher deposition rates (30–60 lb\/hr vs. 10–16 lb\/hr for E7028) but requires fixed setups, flux handling equipment, and is impractical for complex joint configurations. E7028 provides the highest manual SMAW deposition rate without the fixturing requirement of SAW, making it the best choice for shops that can't justify SAW equipment or need flexibility to move the electrode around the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does E7028 compare to E7018 in the flat position?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIn flat and horizontal fillet positions, E7028 outperforms E7018 in deposition rate (~145 % vs. ~115 %) and operator-perceived ease — the wide, self-leveling bead requires less operator technique to produce a consistent flat fillet. E7018 is used when you also need vertical and overhead positions; E7028 is strictly more productive in flat\/horizontal production environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is E7028 limited to flat and horizontal positions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"E7028 has a very heavy iron-powder flux that produces a thick, fluid slag that must freeze flat. It cannot be run vertical or overhead without the slag running out of the joint.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is deposition efficiency and why does E7028 matter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Deposition efficiency is the percentage of electrode weight deposited as weld metal. E7028 achieves ~145% vs ~115% for E7018 — roughly 20% less electrode consumption for the same weld volume in production shops.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I store E7028 to maintain H4R rating?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Keep in a 250-300°F holding oven once the container is opened. AWS D1.1 limits exposure time outside the oven to 2-4 hours depending on humidity before redrying at 700-800°F for 1 hour.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is E7028 approved for AWS D1.1 structural welding?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. E7028 H4R is in AWS D1.1 Table 4.5 as an approved filler for flat and horizontal positions. For all-position structural work, use E7018.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the largest single-pass fillet weld with E7028?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"With 7\/32 or 1\/4 in E7028, a single flat pass can produce a 3\/8 to 1\/2 in leg fillet. Over 1\/2 in requires multiple passes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does E7028 compare to E7018 in flat position?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"E7028 has ~145% deposition efficiency vs ~115% for E7018 and produces a wider, more self-leveling bead. E7018 is needed when you also require vertical and overhead capability.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is E7028 better than SAW for flat fillet welds?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"SAW has higher deposition rates (30-60 lb\/hr) but requires fixed setups and flux handling. E7028 at 10-16 lb\/hr is the best manual SMAW option for flat fillet production without SAW equipment.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eE7028 High-Deposition Welding Rod — Technical Notes \u0026amp; Productivity Analysis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe E7028 welding rod's high deposition efficiency (approximately 145%) results from the large iron-powder loading in the flux coating — iron powder is melted and deposited as weld metal along with the core wire, dramatically increasing the amount of weld metal deposited per unit of core wire consumed. For structural fabrication shops tracking electrode costs, E7028 provides approximately 25% more weld metal per pound of electrode purchased compared to E7018, and up to 40% more compared to bare E7016 or E7015 electrodes. This cost advantage is most pronounced in high-volume flat and horizontal fillet weld applications — beam-to-column connections, gusset plates, base plate fillet welds, and vessel seam welds where every weld can be made in the flat (1F, 1G) or horizontal fillet (2F) position using positioners or purpose-built fixtures. E7028 is specified in AWS D1.1 Table 4.5 as an approved filler metal for flat and horizontal positions on Group I and II steels. Its H4R hydrogen designation matches the low-hydrogen requirement for high-restraint, thick-section structural joints. When planning production welding operations with E7028, calculate the electrode burn-off rate at the specific amperage and duty cycle to determine electrode quantities for the production run — Lincoln's published technical data provides burn-off rate curves for all available E7028 diameters at certified amperage settings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"5\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638098493591,"sku":"ED032636","price":338.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/16 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":47647590711447,"sku":"ED038371","price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED032638)","offer_id":43638099181719,"sku":"ED032638","price":359.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"7\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can (ED034314)","offer_id":43638124806295,"sku":"ED034314","price":424.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed032636-excalibur-7028-stick-smaw-welding-rod-532x14-in-50-lb-easy-open-can-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594687"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-8018-b2-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 8018-B2 MR E8018-C3 Stick Welding Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eLincoln Excalibur 8018-B2 MR is a premium low-hydrogen E8018-B2 welding rod engineered for welding 1.25 Cr – 0.5 Mo (P11\/P12) chrome-moly steel in high-temperature power generation, petrochemical, and refinery piping applications. With H4R hydrogen designation and the Lincoln Excalibur moisture-resistant coating, Excalibur 8018-B2 MR provides code-compliant, low-hydrogen weld metal on Cr-Mo piping systems that must operate reliably at elevated temperatures from 850 to 1100 °F. It is the E8018-B2 welding rod specified by power plant and refinery welding engineers who need consistent chrome-moly weld metal with verifiable hydrogen control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is the Lincoln Excalibur 8018-B2 MR E8018-B2 Welding Rod?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExcalibur 8018-B2 MR is Lincoln Electric's E8018-B2 low-hydrogen SMAW electrode with moisture-resistant (MR) flux coating. The AWS classification E8018-B2 decodes as: \"E\" = electrode; \"80\" = 80,000 psi minimum tensile; \"1\" = all-position; \"8\" = low-hydrogen iron-powder covering, DCEP; \"B2\" = 1.25 % Cr, 0.5 % Mo alloy deposit chemistry. The 1.25 Cr – 0.5 Mo alloy composition matches the P11 (ASME B31.3 Group 1.13) and P12 (ASME B31.3 Group 1.14) chrome-moly pipe specifications widely used in boiler feed water systems, hydrogen service piping, and refinery process lines operating between 850 and 1100 °F. Chromium improves oxidation resistance and creep strength at elevated temperature; molybdenum increases creep rupture strength and contributes to solid-solution strengthening at temperature. Post-weld heat treatment (PWHT) is mandatory for E8018-B2 welds on P11 pipe per ASME B31.1 and ASME B31.3 — PWHT relieves residual stresses and tempers the as-welded martensite in the weld metal and HAZ, restoring ductility and toughness. The MR designation means the flux coating is formulated with moisture-resistant binders that resist atmospheric moisture pickup more aggressively than standard low-hydrogen coatings — providing extended exposure time outside the oven before re-drying is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAWS Classification \u0026amp; Mechanical Specs — E8018-B2 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProperty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Classification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eE8018-B2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH-Designation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eH4R (≤ 4 mL\/100g diffusible H2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTensile Strength (min., PWHT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80,000 psi (551 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYield Strength (min., PWHT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67,000 psi (462 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElongation (min., PWHT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChromium Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.00–1.50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMolybdenum Content\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.40–0.65%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlux Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-hydrogen iron-powder, MR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurrent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDCEP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32, 1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePWHT Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — per applicable code (ASME B31.1, B31.3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for E8018-B2 Chrome-Moly Welding Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eASME P11 chrome-moly piping (1.25Cr-0.5Mo)\u003c\/strong\u003e — boiler headers, steam superheater piping, boiler feed systems, and turbine steam piping in power generation plants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eASME P12 piping (1Cr-0.5Mo per some B31 classifications)\u003c\/strong\u003e — compatible in many refinery applications per WPS procedure qualification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefinery process piping in hydrogen service\u003c\/strong\u003e — operating at elevated temperatures and partial hydrogen pressures where Nelson curve compliance (API 941) requires 1.25 Cr – 0.5 Mo steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-temperature petrochemical heat exchangers\u003c\/strong\u003e — shell and tube exchangers in crude oil, heavy vacuum gas oil, and reformate service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFossil fuel power plant boiler and pressure part fabrication\u003c\/strong\u003e — ASME Section I and B31.1 Code application for steam service to 1100 °F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair welding on in-service P11 piping\u003c\/strong\u003e — on-stream repair and weld repair under applicable fitness-for-service standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHow to Use Excalibur 8018-B2 MR — Amperage, Polarity \u0026amp; PWHT\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDiameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAmperage (DCEP)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePosition\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60–85 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoot passes, thin pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–115 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGeneral fill\/cap passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\/32 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110–155 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFill passes, horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e145–195 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy fill passes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePreheat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Preheat is mandatory for P11 Cr-Mo pipe per ASME B31.1\/B31.3. Minimum preheat 300–400 °F for wall thickness \u0026gt; 0.5 in; check the applicable code and WPS for the exact preheat, interpass, and PWHT requirements for your specific pipe size and wall thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePWHT:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1350–1400 °F (732–760 °C) for 1 hour per inch of wall thickness (1 hour minimum) per ASME B31.1 for P11. PWHT must be performed before hydrostatic testing. Cooling rate controls apply — consult the applicable code for controlled cooling requirements to avoid reheat cracking in heavy-section welds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHydrogen management:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintain electrodes in a 250–300 °F holding oven. MR coating provides enhanced resistance but does not eliminate the oven storage requirement for long-duration production work. AWS D1.1 \/ ASME Section IX exposure limits apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling for E8018-B2 MR Low-Hydrogen Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealed container:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in sealed Lincoln container at room temperature. MR packaging provides extended shelf resistance to moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolding oven (mandatory once opened):\u003c\/strong\u003e 250–300 °F once the container is opened. MR coating extends exposure time before redrying is needed — consult Lincoln's published MR electrode guide for specific exposure time tables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRedrying if needed:\u003c\/strong\u003e 700–800 °F for 1–2 hours if moisture is suspected.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContamination risk:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cr-Mo weld metal is particularly sensitive to hydrogen cracking due to higher hardenability. Strictly maintain preheat throughout the weld and eliminate moisture sources near the joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Base Metals \u0026amp; Joint Types for E8018-B2\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A335 Grade P11 (1.25Cr-0.5Mo) pipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A387 Grade 11 Cr-Mo alloy pressure vessel plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A182 Grade F11 forgings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eASTM A234 Grade WP11 pipe fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJoint types: groove welds on pipe and plate, fillet welds on attachment and support welds, and repair welds on in-service P11 components. All joints require prequalified or procedure-qualified WPS per ASME Section IX or the applicable power\/process piping code.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Excalibur 8018-B2 MR E8018-B2 Welding Rod\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does P11 pipe mean and why does it require special electrodes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nP11 refers to the ASME material group designation for 1.25 Cr – 0.5 Mo low-alloy chrome-moly steel used in elevated-temperature service (up to 1100 °F). The chromium and molybdenum additions provide oxidation resistance and creep strength at temperature that plain carbon steel lacks. These same alloying elements increase hardenability — the tendency to form hard, brittle martensite in the weld HAZ upon rapid cooling. Special low-hydrogen electrodes (E8018-B2) and mandatory preheat\/PWHT protocols are required to prevent hydrogen cracking in the weld and HAZ.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why is PWHT mandatory for E8018-B2 welds on P11 pipe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPWHT at 1350–1400 °F tempers the martensite in the as-welded HAZ, restoring ductility and toughness. Without PWHT, the hardened HAZ is brittle and susceptible to stress-corrosion cracking in hydrogen service and thermal-fatigue cracking during plant startup\/shutdown cycles. ASME B31.1 and B31.3 both mandate PWHT for P11 above certain wall thicknesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between E8018-B2 and E9018-B3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nE9018-B3 is used for 2.25 Cr – 1 Mo steel (P22 pipe), which requires higher alloy content, higher preheat, and higher PWHT temperature than P11. E8018-B2 is specifically matched to P11 chemistry. Using E9018-B3 on P11 is generally overalloyed and does not violate codes, but E8018-B2 is the specified and qualified filler for most P11 procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What preheat do I need for 1.25 Cr – 0.5 Mo pipe welding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nASME B31.1 requires 300 °F minimum preheat for P11 material in most thickness ranges. Specific requirements vary by wall thickness and carbon equivalent — always verify against the qualified WPS and applicable code section for the exact preheat, interpass maximum temperature (typically 600 °F maximum), and PWHT requirements for the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the MR (moisture-resistant) designation on Excalibur 8018-B2 MR?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLincoln's MR designation indicates the electrode flux has been formulated with moisture-resistant binders that reduce the rate of moisture pickup from the atmosphere compared to standard low-hydrogen coatings. This provides extended holding time outside the oven before redrying is required — practical for field welding where oven access is intermittent. It does not eliminate the oven requirement; it extends the permitted exposure window.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is E8018-B2 approved for ASME Section IX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. E8018-B2 is an F4 group filler metal under ASME Section IX QW-432 and qualifies for procedure tests on P5A\/P5B chrome-moly base metals including P11 and P12.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I use E8018-B2 without PWHT in an emergency repair?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEmergency weld repairs on P11 without PWHT are governed by fitness-for-service standards (API 579, ASME PCC-2) and require engineering authorization. Butter-bead or temper-bead welding techniques may be used to achieve in-place tempering without furnace PWHT — but these procedures require specific qualification and authorization. Never skip PWHT on production P11 pipe welds without explicit code or engineering authorization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is P11 pipe and why does it need special electrodes?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"P11 is 1.25Cr-0.5Mo chrome-moly steel for high-temperature service up to 1100°F. The alloy additions increase hardenability, requiring low-hydrogen electrodes (E8018-B2) and mandatory preheat\/PWHT to prevent hydrogen cracking.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why is PWHT mandatory for E8018-B2 welds on P11?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"PWHT at 1350-1400°F tempers the hard martensitic HAZ, restoring ductility and toughness. Without PWHT, the HAZ is brittle and susceptible to stress-corrosion and thermal-fatigue cracking.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between E8018-B2 and E9018-B3?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"E9018-B3 is for 2.25Cr-1Mo P22 pipe requiring higher alloy content, higher preheat, and higher PWHT temperature. E8018-B2 is matched to P11 chemistry.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What preheat is needed for P11 chrome-moly pipe?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"ASME B31.1 requires 300°F minimum preheat for most P11 wall thicknesses. Always verify against the qualified WPS — interpass max is typically 600°F.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the MR designation mean on Excalibur 8018-B2 MR?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"MR (moisture-resistant) means the flux uses moisture-resistant binders that slow atmospheric moisture pickup, extending the permitted exposure time outside the oven for field welding applications.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is E8018-B2 approved for ASME Section IX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. E8018-B2 is F4 group filler per ASME Section IX QW-432, qualifying for P5A\/P5B chrome-moly base metals including P11 and P12.\"}},\n    {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I use E8018-B2 without PWHT in emergency repair?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Emergency repairs without PWHT require engineering authorization under API 579 or ASME PCC-2, using temper-bead techniques. Never skip PWHT on production P11 welds without explicit code authorization.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e1.25Cr-0.5Mo Chrome-Moly Welding — Technical Notes for Power Generation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChrome-moly (Cr-Mo) alloy steels are the workhorses of high-temperature power generation systems. The 1.25 Cr – 0.5 Mo composition (ASTM A335 Grade P11, ASTM A387 Grade 11) balances elevated-temperature strength, oxidation resistance, and weldability at a cost point that makes it the dominant specification for steam-temperature service below approximately 1050–1100 °F. Above 1100 °F, 2.25 Cr – 1 Mo (P22) or 9 Cr – 1 Mo (P91) steel is required. The E8018-B2 electrode chemistry mirrors P11 base metal composition in the weld deposit (1.0–1.5% Cr, 0.4–0.65% Mo), ensuring that the welded joint's creep-rupture properties match the parent metal over the component's design life. Lincoln Excalibur 8018-B2 MR is manufactured with premium-grade iron powder and controlled moisture-resistant binder chemistry that maintains the H4R classification (≤ 4 mL\/100g diffusible hydrogen) across field temperature and humidity variations. For power plant pre-heat and PWHT compliance, Lincoln's published Excalibur 8018-B2 MR data sheet provides the specific preheat table (temperature vs. wall thickness), interpass maximum, PWHT temperature range, and cooling rate guidance required by ASME B31.1 Section 131.7 for P11 welds. Consult this data sheet and the applicable piping code for every P11 weld procedure to ensure full code compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638092529815,"sku":"ED032878","price":190.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in · 25 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638094758039,"sku":"ED032881","price":180.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638093611159,"sku":"ED032879","price":230.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638095741079,"sku":"ED032882","price":345.93,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638095970455,"sku":"ED032883","price":315.6,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed032878-excalibur-8018-b2-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332x12-in-3-8-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594746"},{"product_id":"lincoln-excalibur-9018-b3-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod","title":"Lincoln Excalibur 9018-B3 MR E9018-M Stick Welding Rod","description":"\u003c!-- Stick Lane A | handle: lincoln-excalibur-9018-b3-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod | 2026-06-16 --\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-overview\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eLincoln Excalibur 9018-B3 MR E9018-B3 — Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLincoln Excalibur 9018-B3 MR\u003c\/strong\u003e is a low-alloy, low-hydrogen SMAW electrode classified to \u003cstrong\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E9018-B3\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for welding 2¼Cr-1Mo (P22) creep-resistant alloy steel in high-temperature pressure vessel, refinery, and power generation applications. The B3 chemistry deposit contains nominally 2.25% chromium and 1% molybdenum to match the creep strength and thermal fatigue resistance of the base metal. The \u003cstrong\u003eMR\u003c\/strong\u003e designation (Moisture Resistant) indicates a hermetically sealed package that maintains the low-hydrogen condition of the coating during storage — critical for avoiding hydrogen-induced cracking in high-strength alloy steels. \u003cstrong\u003eDC+ (DCEP) only; all positions.\u003c\/strong\u003e Available through WeldingMart as an authorized Lincoln Electric distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-specs\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003ctable class=\"grade-spec-table\"\u003e\n    \u003ctbody\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAWS classification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M E9018-B3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAlloy chemistry (deposit)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.25% Cr, 1.0% Mo (nominal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCoating type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-hydrogen, iron-powder basic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePolarity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDC+ (DCEP) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWelding positions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll positions: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum tensile strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90,000 psi (620 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum yield strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78,000 psi (538 MPa)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eElongation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14% minimum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoisture Resistant (MR)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — hermetically sealed packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical current range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 in: 90–140 A | 5\/32 in: 120–175 A | 3\/16 in: 150–220 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable diameters\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8, 5\/32, 3\/16 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLincoln Electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n      \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandards compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAWS A5.5\/A5.5M; ASME Section IX P-No. 5A; ASME B31.3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n  \u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-applications\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eApplications \u0026amp; Industries\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eExcalibur 9018-B3 MR is specified for elevated-temperature and high-pressure alloy steel service:\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePetroleum refinery piping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hydrocracker, hydrotreater, and reformer unit piping fabricated from 2¼Cr-1Mo (P22\/Grade 22) alloy steel per ASME B31.3\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower generation:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-pressure steam piping, boiler headers, and superheater elements in fossil-fuel power plants where creep resistance at elevated service temperatures is essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure vessel fabrication:\u003c\/strong\u003e ASME Section VIII vessels in 2¼Cr-1Mo service, including reactor vessels for hydroprocessing units\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNuclear applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e P-No. 5A components under ASME Section III where the 2¼Cr-1Mo alloy system is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDissimilar metal welds:\u003c\/strong\u003e Joining 2¼Cr-1Mo to carbon steel or stainless steel components in refinery and power plant construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-technique\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eProcess Technology — How to Run E9018-B3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreheat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mandatory — 400–600°F (205–315°C) preheat required for P22\/Grade 22 alloy steel. Follow ASME B31.3 or applicable code for specific preheat and minimum interpass temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInterpass temperature:\u003c\/strong\u003e Maintain between preheat minimum and 600°F (315°C) maximum. Allow the joint to cool to this range between passes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePost-Weld Heat Treatment (PWHT):\u003c\/strong\u003e Required for P22 materials under ASME B31.3 and Section VIII — typically 1325–1375°F (718–746°C) for a minimum of 1 hour per inch of thickness. Confirm PWHT requirements in your WPS.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTechnique:\u003c\/strong\u003e Short arc, stringer or narrow weave beads. Limit weaving to 3× rod diameter maximum to control heat input and maintain mechanical properties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-hydrogen practice:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use electrodes directly from sealed MR packaging or from a holding oven. Maintain in heated quiver at 250–300°F between passes in the field.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArc restart:\u003c\/strong\u003e Re-strike at the leading edge of the previous bead crater; chip and wire brush slag between every pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-storage\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eStorage \u0026amp; Handling — Low-Hydrogen Electrodes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003eE9018-B3 MR is a \u003cstrong\u003elow-hydrogen electrode requiring strict moisture control\u003c\/strong\u003e to prevent hydrogen-induced cold cracking (HICC) in high-strength alloy steel:\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003cul\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnopened MR cans:\u003c\/strong\u003e Store in a dry location between 40–120°F (4–49°C). Hermetically sealed MR cans maintain the H4 or H8 diffusible hydrogen level without a holding oven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAfter opening:\u003c\/strong\u003e Transfer to a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C) immediately. Electrodes must be used within 4 hours of removal from a heated quiver; after 4 hours out, return to the oven for 1 hour minimum at 500–700°F (260–371°C) to recondition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReconditioning:\u003c\/strong\u003e Per AWS A5.5, E8018\/E9018 electrodes can be reconditioned at 700–800°F (371–427°C) for 1 hour. Do not recondition more than once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eField storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use a heated electrode quiver or pouch on the job. Keep rods dry between heats. Never leave low-hydrogen rods in open air overnight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-faq\"\u003e\n  \u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003cdl\u003e\n    \u003cdt\u003eWhat does E9018-B3 mean?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eIn the AWS A5.5 designation system: E = electrode, 90 = 90 ksi minimum tensile strength, 1 = all-position, 8 = low-hydrogen coating with iron powder, B3 = chromium-molybdenum alloy deposit (2.25Cr-1Mo). The B-series designators (B1, B2, B3) indicate increasing Cr-Mo content for progressive creep resistance requirements.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eWhat base metal does E9018-B3 weld?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eE9018-B3 is designed to weld 2¼Cr-1Mo alloy steel (ASTM A335 Grade P22, A182 Grade F22, ASME P-No. 5A) — the alloy steel specified for high-temperature refinery, power generation, and pressure vessel service where long-term creep strength above 950°F is required.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eIs PWHT required when using E9018-B3?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eYes, in virtually all code-governed applications. ASME B31.3 and Section VIII require post-weld heat treatment for 2¼Cr-1Mo (P-No. 5A) materials to relieve residual stresses, temper the HAZ, and achieve the required creep properties. Typical PWHT: 1325–1375°F for 1 hour per inch of thickness minimum. Follow your qualified WPS.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eWhat does the MR designation mean on Lincoln Excalibur electrodes?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eMR (Moisture Resistant) indicates that the electrode is packaged in a hermetically sealed container that protects the low-hydrogen coating from atmospheric moisture during storage. MR-packaged electrodes maintain their hydrogen level (H4 or H8) until the can is opened, eliminating the need for oven storage of unopened stock.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n\n    \u003cdt\u003eHow should I store E9018-B3 after opening the can?\u003c\/dt\u003e\n    \u003cdd\u003eAfter breaking the hermetic seal, transfer immediately to a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C). Electrodes left at ambient conditions begin absorbing moisture within hours. Remove only the rods needed for immediate use and keep the remainder in the oven. Use within 4 hours of removal or recondition per AWS A5.5 procedures.\u003c\/dd\u003e\n  \u003c\/dl\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003csection class=\"pdp-crosslinks\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrowse all low-alloy electrodes:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/stick-welding-electrodes-rods\"\u003eStick Welding Electrodes \u0026amp; Rods\u003c\/a\u003e — or see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lincoln-excalibur-10018-d2-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod\"\u003eLincoln Excalibur 10018-D2 MR\u003c\/a\u003e for higher-strength Mn-Mo low-alloy applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What does E9018-B3 mean?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"In the AWS A5.5 designation: E = electrode, 90 = 90 ksi minimum tensile, 1 = all-position, 8 = low-hydrogen iron-powder coating, B3 = 2.25Cr-1Mo alloy deposit for creep-resistant service.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What base metal does E9018-B3 weld?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"E9018-B3 welds 2¼Cr-1Mo alloy steel (ASTM A335 Grade P22, ASME P-No. 5A) for high-temperature refinery, power generation, and pressure vessel service.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is PWHT required when using E9018-B3?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. ASME B31.3 and Section VIII require post-weld heat treatment for 2¼Cr-1Mo (P-No. 5A) materials. Typical PWHT: 1325–1375°F for 1 hour per inch of thickness minimum. Follow your qualified WPS.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How should I store E9018-B3 after opening the can?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"After opening the hermetic MR can, transfer immediately to a holding oven at 250–300°F (121–149°C). Use within 4 hours of removal or recondition at 700–800°F for 1 hour per AWS A5.5.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"Lincoln Electric","offers":[{"title":"3\/32 in · 8 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638096494743,"sku":"ED032884","price":203.72,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/32 in · 25 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638098264215,"sku":"ED032887","price":194.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 10 lb Easy Open Can (3-Pack)","offer_id":43638097903767,"sku":"ED032885","price":220.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/8 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638098952343,"sku":"ED032888","price":363.07,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/32 in · 50 lb Easy Open Can","offer_id":43638099378327,"sku":"ED032889","price":358.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/7140\/4695\/files\/lincoln-ed032884-excalibur-9018-b3-mr-stick-smaw-welding-rod-332-12-in-3-8-lb-easy-open-cans-lincoln-electric.jpg?v=1765594688"}],"url":"https:\/\/weldingmart.com\/collections\/excalibur-welding-rods.oembed","provider":"WeldingMart.com","version":"1.0","type":"link"}